Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Corson Mudd Hall - 37749 - 09-18-2018
CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR FACILITIES CONTRACTS INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 121 HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853-3701 ADDENDUM NO. 1 June 12, 2018 This Addendum contains changes to the requirements of the Contract Documents and Specifications. Such changes are to be incorporated into the Construction Documents and shall apply to the work with the same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original document. Wherever this Addendum modifies a portion of a paragraph of the specifications or a portion of any Drawing, the remainder of the Paragraph or Drawing shall remain in force. NOTE: Provisions of all Contract Documents apply. Item 1. Technical Specifications, Section 26 24 13 Low Voltage Switchboards ADD Section 26 24 13, attached. Item 2. RFI Questions and Clarifications See attached RFI Log (Items 1 - 8) Attachments: Technical Specifications, Section 26 24 13, Low Voltage Switchboards RFI Log (Items 1 -8) ****END OF ADDENDUM**** 26 24 13-1 2098/68695 06/08/18 Low Voltage Switchboards SECTION 26 24 13 – LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Service and distribution switchboards rated 600V and less. 2. Disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. 3. Instrumentation 4. Control power. 5. Accessory components and features. 6. Identification. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install a free-standing, dead-front type low voltage distribution switchboard, utilizing group-mounted circuit protective devices as specified herein, and shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Materials and installation shall be in conformance with the following codes, standards and specifications, except where more stringent requirements have been specified herein: 1. NEMA PB 2 Deadfront Distribution Switchboards 2. UL 891 Switchboards 1.3 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate layout and installation of switchboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to 26 00 00, Electrical General. B. Product Data: For each switchboard, overcurrent protective device, surge protection device, ground-fault protector, accessory, and component. 1. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: For each switchboard and related equipment. 26 24 13-2 2098/68695 06/08/18 Low Voltage Switchboards 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 3. Detail short-circuit current rating of switchboards and overcurrent protective devices. 4. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 5. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in switchboards. Submit on translucent log-log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. 6. Cable terminal sizes, including number of cables per phase. D. Factory test reports: For assembled switchboard and components. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For switchboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. Include the following: a. Routine maintenance requirements for switchboards and all installed components. b. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. c. Time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in switchboards. Submit on translucent log-log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver switchboards in sections or lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path. Width cannot exceed 6’-0” for any shipped section. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace switchboard enclosures, buswork, overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and factory installed interconnection wiring that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SWITCHBOARDS A. Acceptable Manufacturer’s: 1. Eaton Corporation; Electrical Sector; Cutler-Hammer Products. 2. General Electric Company; GE Energy - Industrial Solutions; Electrical Distribution and Control Products. 3. Siemens Industry, Inc. 4. Square D; a Brand of Schneider Electric. 26 24 13-3 2098/68695 06/08/18 Low Voltage Switchboards B. Source Limitations: Obtain switchboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories from single source from single manufacturer. C. Front-Connected, Front-Accessible Switchboards: 1. Main Devices: Fixed, individually mounted. 2. Branch Devices: Panel mounted. 3. Sections front and rear aligned. 4. Provide adequate ventilation within the enclosure 5. Molded and insulated case circuit breaker load connections shall be front accessible enabling switchboard to be mounted against a wall. D. Nominal System Voltage: 480Y/277 V E. Main-Bus Continuous: 1600 A. F. The assembly shall be rated to withstand mechanical forces exerted during short-circuit conditions when connected directly to a power source having available fault current of 65,000 amperes symmetrical at rated voltage, or as shown on Contract Drawings. G. Exterior Enclosures: Steel, NEMA Type 3R. H. Enclosure Finish for Outdoor Units: Factory-applied finish in manufacturer's standard ANSI 61 light gray finish over a rust-inhibiting primer on treated metal surface. I. Barriers: Between adjacent switchboard sections. J. Hinged Front Panels: Allow access to circuit breaker, accessory, and blank compartments. K. Buses and Connections: Three phase, four wire unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide phase bus arrangement A, B, C from front to back, top to bottom, and left to right when viewed from the front of the switchboard. 2. Phase- and Neutral-Bus Material: Hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity 3. Bus sizing shall be based on NEMA standard temperature rise criteria of 65 degrees C over a 40 degrees C ambient (outside the enclosure). 4. Copper feeder circuit-breaker line connections. 5. All hardware used on conductors shall be high-tensile strength and zinc-plated. All bus joints shall be provided with conical spring-type washers. 6. Ground Bus: 1/4-by-2-inch hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity, equipped with mechanical connectors for feeder and branch-circuit ground conductors. 7. Disconnect Links: a. Isolate neutral bus from incoming neutral conductors. b. Bond neutral bus to equipment-ground bus for switchboards utilized as service equipment or separately derived systems. 8. Neutral Buses: 100 percent of the ampacity of phase buses unless otherwise indicated, equipped with mechanical connectors for outgoing circuit neutral cables. Brace bus extensions for busway feeder neutral bus. 26 24 13-4 2098/68695 06/08/18 Low Voltage Switchboards L. Wiring/Terminations 1. Small wiring, necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the switchboard shall be furnished as required. Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer’s wiring diagrams 2. Mechanical-type terminals shall be provided for all line and load terminations suitable for copper or aluminum cable rated for 75 degrees C of the size as indicated on the drawings. 3. Lugs shall be provided in the incoming line section for connection of the main grounding conductor. Additional lugs for connection of other grounding conductors shall be provided as indicated on the Contract drawings. 4. All control wire shall be type SIS, bundled and secured with nylon ties. Insulated locking spade terminals shall be provided for all control connections, except where saddle type terminals are provided integral to a device. All current transformer secondary leads shall first be connected to conveniently accessible short-circuit terminal blocks before connecting to any other device. All groups of control wires leaving the switchboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips. Provide wire markers at each end of all control wiring. 2.2 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) – Feeder Breakers: Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing; field-replaceable rating plug or field-replicable electronic trip; and the following field-adjustable settings, where shown on Contract Drawings: a. Instantaneous trip. b. Long- and short-time pickup levels. c. Long and short time adjustments. 2. MCCB Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. A. Insulated-Case Circuit Breaker (ICCB) – Main Circuit Breaker: 100 percent rated, sealed, insulated-case power circuit breaker with interrupting capacity rating to meet available fault current. 1. Fixed circuit-breaker mounting. 2. Two-step, stored-energy closing. 3. Standard-function, microprocessor-based trip units with interchangeable rating plug, trip indicators, and the following field-adjustable settings: b. Instantaneous trip. c. Time adjustments for long- and short-time pickup. d. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response. 2.3 INSTRUMENTATION A. Instrument Transformers: NEMA EI 21.1, and the following: 1. Control-Power Transformers: Dry type, mounted in separate compartments for units larger than 3 kVA. 26 24 13-5 2098/68695 06/08/18 Low Voltage Switchboards 2.4 CONTROL POWER A. Control Circuits: 120-Vac, supplied through secondary disconnecting devices from control-power transformer. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 FACTORY TESTING A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of ANSI and NEMA standards. 1. The switchboard shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted, and tested at the factory. After assembly, the complete switchboard will be tested for operation under simulated service conditions to ensure the accuracy of the wiring and the functioning of all equipment. The main circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 2200 V for one minute between live parts and ground, and between opposite polarities. The wiring and control circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 1500 V for one minute between live parts and ground. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store switchboards according to NEMA PB 2.1. 1. Lift or move panelboards with spreader bars and manufacturer-supplied lifting straps following manufacturer's instructions. 2. Use rollers, slings, or other manufacturer-approved methods if lifting straps are not furnished. 3. Protect from moisture, dust, dirt, and debris during storage and installation. 4. Install temporary heating during storage per manufacturer's instructions. B. Examine switchboards before installation. Reject switchboards that are moisture damaged or physically damaged. C. Examine elements and surfaces to receive switchboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work or that affect the performance of the equipment. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install switchboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 2.1. B. Equipment Mounting: Install switchboards on concrete equipment pad. 1. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that anchor into structural concrete. 2. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to switchboards. 26 24 13-6 2098/68695 06/08/18 Low Voltage Switchboards C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, straps and brackets, and temporary blocking of moving parts from switchboard units and components. D. Install filler plates in unused spaces of panel-mounted sections. E. Install overcurrent protective devices and instrumentation. 1. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Bond conduits entering the top of the switchboard to the equipment ground bus with a bonding conductor sized per NFPA 70. B. Support and secure conductors within the switchboard according to NFPA 70. C. Extend insulated equipment grounding cable to busway ground connection. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with requirements for identification. B. Switchboard Nameplates: Label each switchboard compartment with a nameplate. C. Device Nameplates: Label each disconnecting and overcurrent protective device and each meter and control device mounted in compartment doors with a nameplate. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Acceptance Testing: a. Test insulation resistance for each switchboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. Open control and metering circuits within the switchboard, and remove neutral connection to surge protection and other electronic devices prior to insulation test. Reconnect after test. b. Test continuity of each circuit. 2. Test ground-fault protection of equipment for service equipment per NFPA 70. 3. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 4. Correct malfunctioning units on-site where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 5. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Switchboard will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 26 24 13-7 2098/68695 06/08/18 Low Voltage Switchboards C. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies switchboards included. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat, to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions, until switchboard is ready to be energized and placed into service. 3.9 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain switchboards, overcurrent protective devices, instrumentation, and accessories, and to use and reprogram microprocessor-based trip, monitoring, and communication units. END OF SECTION PROJECT: CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL Date: June 12, 2018 RFI Form RFI/Page/ Response Dwg./Spec./Rep.Section/Design Team Index Number Paragraph/Topic RFI Response 1 General Fuel Tank Removal Are there any known leaks?There are no known leaks. 2 General Lynah Temporary Generator Will CU or Contractor be required to disconnect temporary emergency generator? The Owner will be responsible for disconnecting the temporary emergency generator. 3 General Weill Green Roof What are the weight specification for the Weill Green Roof?Because of the routing of the Corson Mudd to Weill Generator electrical conduit through Weill Hall Tunnel, work on the Green Roof is not required. 4 Technical Specifications 26 24 13 Electrical Switchboard Please advise if technical specification is included, or where it may be found. (Clarification needed as switchboard may only be used up to 1200kW.) See Addendum No. 1, Item 1. 5 General Requirements 01 11 00, Item 1.2 Work Under Other Contracts Please advise of coordination with Deb Melanson's project nearby? No impacts are anticipated. If coordination is needed, will be provided by Project Manager. 6 General Corson Mudd Generator Annunciator Is there an existing annunicator that requires removal for the Corson Mudd Generator? There is not an existing annunciator panel. 7 General Corson Mudd Generator Fire Alarm Status Is the Corson Mudd Generator currently monitored by the fire alarm system? Yes, there is a relay in the generator controller for status monitoring. This control signal will need to be removed - See Drawing ED-101. A new control signal is not required since the Weill Hall generator is already monitored by the Fire Alarm system. 8 General Fuel Oil Piping Removal Do the walls need to be patched/repaired after removal of the fuel oil lines? Yes - all wall openings require repair and sealing for the appropriate fire and weather rating. See General Requirement Section 01 73 29 - Cutting, Patching and Repairing. CO CONTRACTOR OPTION: REMOVE EX BEAM WITHOUT DISRUPTING EX MASONRY FINISH 1' - 0' I SAWCUT BEAM REMOVE BEAM AND GRATING EX WALL. EX WALL DEMO SECTION CONTRACTOR OPTION: REPLACE EX BEAM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT DISRUPTING EX MASONRY FINISH' TC-U4a REPLACE EX BEAM EX WALL EX WALL INSTALL SECTION 1" = l'-0" 0 0 E ALL WORK SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IS CONSIDERED FUTURE AND SHALL NOT BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID. FOR REFERENCE ONLY PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT t THIS DRAWING ARED A INACCURACIES IN ED SCALE ' ODUCED WHEN DRAWINGS AR UCED BY ANY MEANS. PHIC SCA L • DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE, ;` a. r.,• . •L ALE BAR IS PRESENT. IN CHARGE OF L. WOODS 0 E DESIGNED BY C. CALKINS CHECKED BY M. HAYES DRAWN BY C. CALKINS 0 ©5116118 FOR CONSTRUCTION REVISION O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC. BINGHAMTON, NY CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT ITHACA, NY 14850 STRUCTURAL. FILE NO. 2098.68695 SECTIONS & DETAILS - BARTELS HALL DATE APRIL 2018 2'-01/4" EX WALL AND BEAM •- ui SEE MECH DWGS FOR LOUVER CONC WALL INFILL EX WALL AND BEAM EX DOOR. SEE MECH DWGS FOR LOUVER SEE MECH DWGS FOR DUCT AND LOUVER (2) #5 © TOP 8" CONC WALL INFILL #5@12" OC, EW EX WALL #5@12 OC, EW EMBED REBAR W/ HILTI HIT-HY 200 ADHESIVE (EMBED = 4 1/2") (TYP) #5@12 OC, EW CONC WALL INFILL. (2) #5 RE-ENTRANT BARS EX CONC SLAB EMBED REBAR W/ HILTI HIT-HY 200 ADHESIVE EX CONC WALL e--- SECTION 1'-0" DIA, OR GREATER FOR OPENINGS LESS THAN 1'-0" DIA. SEE NOTE 3 2 #5 E.F. DIAG. TYPICAL 4 SIDES OF OPENING BAR LENGTH - "D" +48 BAR DIAMETERS 1" = 1'-0" 9" 6" 0 1' 48 BAR ADD'L REINF. E.F. PARALLEL TO SLABIWALL REINF. TYPICAL 4 SIDES OF OPENING SEENOTE3 Lu z 2 #6 x 3'-0" LG., E.F. DIAG. U w TYPICAL 4 SIDES OF OPENING cn ROXTEC RS SEAL - CORE DRILL OR CAST -IN-PLACE SLEEVE 1'-0" SQUARE OR GREATER. FOR OPENINGS LESS THAN 1'-0" SQUARE, SEE NOTE 3 48 BAR ■', SEE NOTE 1 CONDUIT 0 0 9 u-1 rn — EXISTING OR NEW CONCRETE OR CMU WALL TYPICAL CONDUIT PENETRATION DETAIL NOT TO SCALE DETAIL NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW MPII FOR ROXTEC INSTALLATION AND CORE DRILL SIZE. E ADDITIONAL REINFORCING AT CONCRETE WALL OPENINGS NOT TO SCALE DETAIL NOTES: 1. WHERE MORE THAN ONE ADDITIONAL BAR IS REQUIRED PARALLEL TO THE EXISTING SLABNVALL REINFORCING THE ADDITIONAL REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE SPACED AT 4 INCHES ON CENTER. 2. ADDITIONAL REINFORCING PARALLEL TO THE SLAB/WALL REINFORCING SHALL BE #5 BARS THAT PROVIDE A STEEL AREA ON EACH SIDE OF THE OPENING EQUAL TO 1/2 THE AREA OF THE REINFORCING CUT BY THE OPENING. 3, FOR OPENINGS WITH SIDES OR DIAMETERS LESS THAN 1-0" SPREAD THE SLAB/WALL REINFORCING TO THE CLEAR OPENING. 4. IF PERIPHERY OF OPENING IS WATERSTOPPED, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE TO AVOID WATERSTOP. IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT, 0 THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE, DRAWING IS NOT SCALABLE IF NO SCALE BAR IS PRESENT, IN CHARGE OF L. WOODS DESIGNED BY C. CALKINS E CHECKED BY M. HAYES DRAWN BY C. CALKINS NO 6/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DATE REVISION NT, O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC. BINGHAMTON, NY CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR. INTERCONNECT ITHACA, NY 14850 STRUCTURAL FILE NO. 2098.68695 SECTIONS & DETAILS - CORSON MUDD DATE APRIL 2018 S-301 4' - 0" 4' - 0" EX GRATING TO REMAIN (TYP) REMOVE EX W8 REMOVE EX GRATING REPLACE EX W8 -- REPLACE EX GRATING WITH EX ATTACHMENTS BARTELS HALL DEMO PLAN - BARTELS HALL= INSTALL PLAN BARTELS HALL 0 AREA OF WORK PLAN NOTES: 1. CLEAN AND REPAINT EX BEAMS TO ORIGINAL COLOR. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IS CONSIDERED FUTURE AND SHALL NOT BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID. PLAN NORTH FOR REFERENCEONLY IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. 0 THIS DRAWING AREDA INACCURACIES IN ED SCALE � 'ODUCED WHEN DRAWINGS AR 1UCED BY ANY MEANS. PHIC SCA L • DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. ALE BAR IS PRESENT. DATE: 05/16/2018 N CHARGE OF L. WOODS DESIGNED BY C. CALKINS CHECKED BY M. HAYES DRAWN BY C. CALKINS FOR CONSTRUCTION O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC. BINGHAMTON, NY CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT ITHACA, NY 14850 STRUCTURAL PLANS - BARTELS HALL FILE NO. 2098.68695 DATE APRIL 2018 IT 15 A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT, IN CHARGE OF L. WOODS DESIGNED BY C. CALKINS CHECKED BY M. HAYES DRAWN BY C. CALKINS 4'-6" TOC =14112" TOC = 4" REMOVE EX CONCRETE SLAB GRIND AND POLISH CONCRETE LEVEL WITH EX SLAB DEMO PLAN - CORSON MUDD 114" = 1'-0" 4' 2' 0 2' 4' PLAN NOTES: 1. TOP OF EXISTING SLAB = 0' - 0", ALL OTHER ELEVATIONS NOTED +d- THEREFROM. THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS.. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. DRAWING IS NOT SCALABLE IF NO SCALE BAR IS PRESENT,. 05/16/ SSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION L NO, DATE REVISION INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC. BINGHAMTON, NY 15' - 4" .' - 2 1 /2" 3' - 0" 7' - 0 1/4" 8" CONC WALL INFILL INSTALL PLAN - CORSON MUDD 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN NOTES: 4' 2' 0 2' 4' 8" CONC WALL INFILL KEY PLAN 1. CONCRETE WALL INFILL SHALL MATCH EXISTING CONCRETE WALL EXTERIOR NOT TO SCALE FACE TO ALLOW FOR FUTURE BRICK INSTALLATION. CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT ITHACA, NY 14850 STRUCTURAL PLANS - CORSON MUDD FILE NO. 2098.68695 DATE APRIL 2018 S-101 :41.1L0571T1 P5, 41MM MRCCart 11: in' hamton vr1 • rojects1 or STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES 1. WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE 2016 NEW YORK STATE UNIFORM FIRE PREVENTION AND BUILDING CODE (UNIFORM CODE). 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS WITH OWNER. 3. SECTIONS AND DETAILS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE TYPICAL. USE SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION AT LOCATIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED, DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 4. EXAMINE AND COMPARE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, SITE, ELECTRICAL, AND PROCESS DRAWINGS. VERIFY LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF CHASES, INSERTS, OPENINGS, SLEEVES, DEPRESSIONS, AND OTHER PROJECT REQUIREMENTS NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 5. ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING OF CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL, AND OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS FOR WIND AND/OR CONSTRUCTION LOADS. BRACING SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS PRIOR TO STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS REACHING THEIR SPECIFIED DESIGN STRENGTH AND/OR REACHING THEIR COMPLETED FORM AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE OF SAID BRACING SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR, 6. VERIFY IN FIELD EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN WRITING. DO NOT PROCEED WITH AFFECTED WORK UNTIL DISCREPANCIES HAVE BEEN RESOLVED. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE NOTES 1. CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 301, "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE"' AND ACI 318, "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE." 2. THE CONCRETE MANUFACTURER SHALL FURNISH A BATCH DELIVERY TICKET TO THE PURCHASER AND ENGINEZR OF RECORD FOR EACH BATCH DELIVERED TO THE SITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C94. 3, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT REQUIRED SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AS OUTLINED IN ACI 301 PRIOR TO CONCRETE MANUFACTURING. 4. PORTLAND CEMENT USED FOR CONCRETE WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C-150 FOR TYPE I/II CEMENT. 5. NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL CONTAIN FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATES COMPLYING WITH ASTM C-33. THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF COARSE AGGREGATES SHALL BE OF SIZES SUITABLE FOR PLACEMENT IN STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS CONSIDERING THEIR SIZE AND REINFORCEMENT CONFIGURATION. 6. CONCRETE PLACED UNDER COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS SHALL CONFORM WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 306, "STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR COLD WEATHER CONCRETING", CONCRETE THAT MAY BE EXPOSED TO SUBSEQUENT MOISTURE AND FREEZING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO REACHING DESIGN COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OR EXTERIOR CONCRETE WORK EXPOSED TO FREEZE / THAW CYCLING SHALL BE AIR - ENTRAINED TO 6% AIR CONTENT. HOWEVER, SLAB FLATWORK TO RECEIVE A HARD -TROWEL FINISH SHALL NOT BE AIR ENTRAINED. 7. CONCRETE PLACED UNDER HOT WEATHER CONDITIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 305.1, "SPECIFICATION FOR HOT WEATHER CONCRETING." 8. CONSTRUCTION / CONTRACTION JOINTS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE MANDATORY. OMISSIONS, ADDITIONS, OR CHANGES SHALL NOT BE MADE EXCEPT WITH THE SUBMITTAL OF A WRITTEN REQUEST, TOGETHER WITH DRAWINGS SHOWING PROPOSED LOCATION OF CONSTRUCTION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS AND CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCING, FOR APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO THE PREPARATION OF THE REINFORCEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS AND PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. 9. PLACE CONCRETE WITHOUT HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN OR NOTED. FOLLOW TYPICAL DETAIL GUIDANCE FOR LOCATING VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. 10, AT CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, PROVIDE DOWELS AND 1/4" ROUGHENED SURFACE WITH BONDING AGENT. ALSO PROVIDE A TENSION CLASS "B" LAP OF REINFORCING. USE ROUGHENED JOINT WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. 11. CHAMFER EXPOSED CORNERS OF CONCRETE 3/4 INCH, 12. CAST INTO CONCRETE ACCESSORIES REQUIRED BY ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE LOCATION AND QUANTITY WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 13. ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONCRETE HAVING REACHED A MINIMUM AGE OF 21 DAYS AND fc' = 2,500 PSI, VERIFIED THROUGH COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTING. 14. POST -INSTALLED ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND THE APPLICABLE ICC -ES REPORT FOR THE ANCHOR SYSTEM. A. ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL THAT ARE TRAINED TO INSTALL ADHESIVE ANCHORS. INSTALLERS SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY AN APPLICABLE CERTIFICATION PROGRAM WITHIN THE PAST FIVE YEARS. CERTIFICATION SHALL INCLUDE WRITTEN AND PERFORMANCE TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACl/CRSI ADHESIVE ANCHOR INSTALLER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM, OR EQUIVELANT. B. CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF INSTALLATION SHALL BE PERFORMED AS PART OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. 15. CURING OF CONCRETE SHALL COMMENCE AS SOON AS FREE WATER HAS DISAPPEARED FROM CONCRETE SURFACE AFTER PLACING AND FINISHING. 16. CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WITH MIXES DESIGNED TO MEET THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: ITEM MIN STRENGTH MAX TOTAL 0128 DAYS W/Cm AIR CONTENT (fc') (P.S.I.) RATIO (+ / - 1%) A. WALLS, PIERS, FOOTINGS, MATS, AND 4500 .45 RETAINING WALLS, UON STRUCTURAL REINFORCING NOTES MAX SLUMP EXPOSURE CLASSES 5% 4" F'1,S0,W1,C1 1. REINFORCEMENT WORK OF DETAILING, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 318, "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE," ACI SP -66 "ACI DETAILING MANUAL," "CRSI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE," AND AWS D1.4 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - REINFORCING STEEL." 2. STEEL REINFORCEMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: A. BARS, TIES AND STIRRUPS: ASTM A615 GRADE 60 (fy = 60 KSI) B. REINFORCING TO BE WELDED SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A706 (fy = 60 KSI) OR MILL TEST REPORTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED SHOWING CARBON EQUIVALENT. MINIMUM CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT OF NON -ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONCRETE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: A. CONCRETE CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY IN CONTACT WITH GROUND: B. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR IN CONTACT WITH GROUND: • #6 THROUGH #18 BARS: • #5 BARS AND SMALLER: C. CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR IN CONTACT WITH GROUND: a. SLABS, JOISTS, AND WALLS: • #14 AND #18 BARS: • #11 BARS AND SMALLER: b. BEAMS, COLUMNS, PEDESTALS, AND TENSION TIES: • PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT, STIRRUPS, TIES, SPIRALS, AND HOOPS: 3.0" 2.0" 1.5" 1.5" 0.75" 1.5" 4. WHERE CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT IS CALLED FOR, REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE EXTENDED CONTINUOUSLY AROUND CORNERS AND LAPPED AT NECESSARY SPLICES OR HOOKED AT DISCONTINUOUS ENDS. 5. LAPS SHALL BE CLASS "8" TENSION LAP SPLICES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. WHERE REINFORCEMENT IS SHOWN IN SECTION, REINFORCEMENT IS CONSIDERED TYPICAL WHEREVER THE SECTION APPLIES. 7. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH CONSTRUCTION JOINTS UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. 8. PROVIDE DOWELS FOR FOUNDATION TO MATCH BAR SIZE AND NUMBER OF REINFORCEMENT IN THE SUPPORTED ELEMENT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE A CLASS "Er TENSION LAP SPLICE BETWEEN THE DOWEL AND MAIN REINFORCEMENT OF SUPPORTED ELEMENT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT BE TACK WELDED OR HEATED FOR BENDING. 10. INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE COMPLETED AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED CONCRETE PLACEMENT. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD AND INSPECTOR OF COMPLETION AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT. 11. WELDING OF REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.4 (INCLUDING PREHEAT REQUIREMENTS). ONLY BARS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS TO BE WELDED SHALL BE WELDED. IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURAL STEEL NOTES 1. FABRICATE AND ERECT STRUCTURAL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC 360, "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS," AND AISC 303, "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES." 2. STEEL MEMBERS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED UTILIZING ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN (ASD) METHODS AS PRESCRIBED BY AISC. 3. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED IN ACCORDANCE WITH "DETAILING FOR STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC)" AND WHERE REQUIRED, DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITED REFERENCES. 4. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE NEW AND CONFORM TO: A. B. C. D. E. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS: • ROUND: • SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR: MISC STRUCTURAL SHAPES AND CONNECTIONS: ANCHOR BOLTS: HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS: ASTM A992 ASTM A500 GRADE C ASTM A500 GRADE C ASTM A36 ASTM F1554 GRADE 55 ASTM F3125 GRADE A325 -N (Fy = 50 KSI) (Fy = 46 KSI) (Fy = 50 KSI) (Fy = 36 KSI) (Fy = 55 KSI) (Fy = 120 KSI) 5. WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWS 01.1, AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY APPROVED, CERTIFIED PERSONS. 6. WELDED CONNECTIONS SHALL UTILIZE E70XX ELECTRODES. 7. WELDS SHALL DEVELOP FULL STRENGTH OF THE MATERIALS BEING WELDED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, EXCEPT THAT FILLET WELDS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1/4", UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. ANCHOR BOLTS, LEVELING PLATES, OR BEARING PLATES SHALL BE LOCATED AND BUILT INTO CONNECTING WORK, PRESET BY TEMPLATES, AND SET IN FULL BEDS OF NON -SHRINK GROUT, 9, PRINCIPAL STRUCTURAL BOLTED CONN_CTIONS (BEAM -BEAM, BEAM -GIRDER, BEAM OR GIRDER TO COLUMN) SHALL BE MADE USING MINIMUM 3/4" DIAMETER ASTM F3125 GRADE A325 BOLTS IN BEARING CONNECTIONS. 10. BEAM CONNECTIONS SHALL PROVIDE CONNECTION CAPACITY BY ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN (ASD) METHODS. WHERE BEAM REACTIONS ARE NOT INDICATED ON THE PLANS, CONNECTION CAPACITY SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS: A. NON -COMPOSITE BEAMS: SUPPORT A REACTION "R" EQUAL TO 1/2 THE TOTAL UNIFORM LOAD CAPACITY OF THE BEAM FOR A GIVEN SHAPE, SPAN, AND GRADE OF STEEL PER "ALLOWABLE LOADS ON BEAMS" PART 3, AISC "MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION." B. ADD TO "R" THE LOADS OR REACTIONS OF MEMBERS SUPPORTED BY THE BEAM NEAR SUPPORTS AND / OR THE VERTICAL COMPONENTS OF FORCE IN DIAGONAL BRACING MEMBERS FRAMING INTO BEAM. 11. A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) BOLTS SHALL BE UTILIZED AT CONNECTIONS. 12. BOLTS SHALL BE INSTALLED SNUG TIGHT AND PRETENSIONED BY TURN -OF -NUT PRETENSIONING IN ACCORDANCE WITH RCSC. 13. ENDS OF COLUMNS AT SPLICES AND AT OTHER BEARING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE "FINISHED TO BEAR" TO COMPLETE TRUE BEARING. 14. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ERECTION BRACING AND SUPPORTS TO HOLD STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SECURELY IN POSITION. SUCH TEMPORARY BRACING AND SUPPORTS SHALL NOT BE REMOVED UNTIL PERMANENT BRACING HAS BEEN INSTALLED AND CONCRETE HAS ATTAINED 75% OF SPECIFIED CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH. 15. STRUCTURAL FRAMING SHALL BE TRUE AND PLUMB BEFORE CONNECTIONS ARE FINALLY BOLTED OR WELDED. WHERE STEEL SHELF ANGLES FOR FACADE SUPPORT ARE PRESENT, TOP OF SHELF ANGLE ON SUCCESSIVE FLOORS WILL BE SET IN SAME VERTICAL PLANE. 16. FIELD CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND / OR FIELD MODIFICATIONS OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING SHALL NOT BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR EACH SPECIFIC CASE. 17. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL PLATES, CLIP ANGLES, CONNECTION MATERIALS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETICN OF THE STRUCTURE, EVEN IF SUCH ITEMS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. DRAWING IS NOT SCALABLE IF NO SCALE BAR IS PRESENT. IN CHARGE OF L. WOODS DESIGNED BY C. CALKINS CHECKED BY M. HAYES DRAWN BY C. CALKINS 0 NO. 05/16/18 DATE ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION REVISION LWW INT, ALUMINUM COMPACTED STONE FILL CONCRETE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS FINAL GRADE GRATING REINFORCING STEEL IN CONCRETE STEEL O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC. BINGHAMTON, NY AA AB ABC ACI ADDL AFF AFG AFS AGGR AISC AITC ALUM ALT ANSI APPD APPROX AR ARCH ASCE ASD ASTM AWC AWS B PL BE BF BFF BLDG BM BOS BOT BRCG BRG BSMT BW (CC) CFMF CHEM CHFR CIP CJ CL CLL CLG CLR CLSM CMU COL CONC CONN CONSTR CONT CONTR COORD CRSI'. CY D DEMO. DET OFT DIA OR 0 DIAG DIM DL DOT DWG DWL E EA EF EJ EL ELEC EMBED ENGR EOR EOS EQ EQUIP EQUIV EW EX EXP EXT fc' FD FIN fm' FRC FRP FS FT FTG fy GA GALV GR BM GRTG HDPE HORIZ HP HS HVAC BC CC -ES D F N NFO NSUL NT NV AT THE ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION ANCHOR BOLT AGGREGATE BASE COURSE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ADDITIONAL ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE ABOVE FINISHED SLAB AGGREGATE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF TIMBER CONSTRUCTION ALUMINUM ALTERNATE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE APPROVED APPROXIMATE. AS REQUIRED ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS AMERICAN WOOD COUNCIL AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY BASE PLATE BOTTOM ELEVATION BOTH FACES BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BUILDING BEAM BOTTOM OF STEEL BOTTOM BRACING BEARING BASEMENT BOTH WAYS COMPRESSION CHANNEL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING CHEMICAL CHAMFER CAST -IN-PLACE CONTROL JOINT, CONSTRUCTION JOINT CENTER LINE COLUMN LINE CEILING CLEAR CONTROLLED LOW -STRENGTH MATERIAL CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COLUMN CONCRETE CONNECTION CONSTRUCTION CONTINUE, CONTINUOUS CONTRACTOR COORDINATE CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE. CUBIC YARDS PENNY (NAIL SIZE) DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION DETAIL DRY FILM THICKNESS DIAMETER DIAGONAL DIMENSION DEAD LOAD DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DRAWING DOWEL EAST EACH EACH FACE EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL EMBEDMENT ENGINEER ENGINEER OF RECORD EDGE OF SLAB EQUAL EQUIPMENT EQUIVALENT EACH WAY EXISTING EXPANSION EXTERIOR SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE FLOOR DRAIN FINISH SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE MASONRY FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC FAR SIDE FEET FOOTING MINIMUM YIELD STRESS GAGE GALVANIZED GRADE BEAM GRATING H GH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE. HORIZONTAL HIGH POINT HIGH STRENGTH HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL EVALUATING SERVICE INSIDE DIAMETER INSIDE FACE INCHES INFORMATION INSULATION INTERIOR INVERT JT K OR KIP KB KD K/FT KIP FT KLF KSF LBS LL LLH LLO LLV LONG LPT LRFD LW MATL MAX MECH MEZZ MFR. MD MH MIL MIN MISC ML MTL MO MPII N NF NIC NO No. NS NTS OC OD OF OH OPNG OPP OSHA P/C OR PCP PCC PCI PH PL PREFAB PSF PSI PVC R RD REBAR REF REINF REQD REV RM S SCG SCHED SE SECT SF SIM SJl SQ SS SSR SST STD STIFF STIR STL STRUCT SYMM (T) T T& B T&G TE TEMP TFF TO TOB TOC TOF TOS TOW TPER TPI TYP UN UNO UON VERT VIF VRFY W W/ WF WF BM W/O WP WS XBRA C©RNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT ITHACA, NY 14850 JOINT THOUSAND POUNDS (1 K = 1000 LBS) KNEE BRACE KILN DRIED KIPS PER FOOT THOUSAND FOOT/POUNDS KIPS PER LINEAR FOOT KIPS PER SQUARE FOOT POUNDS LIVE LOAD LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LONG LEG OUTSTANDING LONG LEG VERTICAL LONGITUDINAL LOW POINT LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN LIGHTWEIGH T MATERIAL MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MEZZANINE MANUFACTURER METAL DECK MANHOLE ONE THOUSANDTH OF AN INCH MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY LINTEL (STEEL) METAL MASONRY OPENING MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS NORTH NEAR FACE NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NUMBER SYMBOL FOR REBAR SIZE NUMBER SYMBOL FOR WOOD GRADE NEAR SIDE NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OUTSIDE FACE OPPOSITE HAND OPENING OPPOSITE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADIMINISTRATION. PRECAST PLANK PRECAST CONCRETE PRECAST / PRESTRESSED CONCRETE INSTITUTE PENTHOUSE PLATE PREFABRICATED POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH POLYVINYL CHLORINE RADIUS OR RISER ROOF DRAIN REINFORCING STEEL BAR REFERENCE REINFORCED REQUIRED REVISION ROOM SOUTH SELF -CONSOLIDATING GROUT SCHEDULE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SECTION SQUARE FEET SIMILAR STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE SQUARE STANDING SEAM (ROOF) STANDING SEAM ROOFING STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD STIFFENER STIRRUP STEEL STRUCTURAL SYMMETRICAL TENSION TREAD, TOP TOP AND BOTTOM TONGUE & GROOVE TOP ELEVATION TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY TOP OF FINISH FLOOR TOP OF TOP OF BEAM TOP OF CONCRETE TOP OF FOOTING TOP OF SLAB, TOP OF STEEL TOP OF WALL THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMERIC RUBBER TRUSS PLATE INSTITUTE TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VERTICAL VERIFY IN FIELD VERIFY WEST WITH WIDE FLANGE WIDE FLANGE BEAM WITHOUT WORKING POINT WATERSTOP CROSSBRACING STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA FLOOR LIVE LOADS: GRATED WALKWAYS: FLOOR DEAD LOADS: GRATING: SNOW LOADS: GROUND SNOW LOAD, Pg: SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR, Ce: SNOW LOAD IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Is: THERMAL FACTOR, Ct: WIND DESIGN DATA: ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED, Vult (3s): RISK CATEGORY: WIND EXPOSURE: INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS: EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA: SITE LATITUDE: SITE LONGITUDE: SESIMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, le: RISK CATEGORY: 100 (PSF) 5 (PSF) 40 (PSF) N/A 1.0 N/A 110 (mph) 11 B N/A 42.4472 N 76.4787 W 1,0 I I MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS: Ss = 0.126g SI = 0.056g SITE CLASS: D DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS: Sos = 0.134g SDI = 0.0909 B SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: BASIC SEISMIC FORCE -RESISTING SYSTEM: DESIGN BASE SHEAR, V: SEISMIC RESPONSE COEFFICIENT(S), Cs: RESPONSE MODIFICATION COEFFICIENT(S), R: ANALYSIS PROCEDURE: STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES N/A N/A N/A. N/A N/A. FILE NO. 2098.68695 DATE APRIL 2018 S-001 48" x 48" OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER AND 48" x 48" BACKDRAFT DAMPER FOR BUILDING VENTILATION TO BE REMOVED PNEUMATIC DAMPER ACTUATORS TO BE REMOVED P. 6) CORSON MUDD GENERATOR TO BE REMOVED. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, FLEXIBLE FUEL SUPPLY/RETURN LINES TO GENERATOR TO BE REMOVED DAY TANK E100UB CONTAINMENT PAN TO BE REMOVED DAY TANK TO BE REMOVED CONTROL DEVICES TO BE REMOVED 1-1/2" FUEL SUPPLY (§11'-3" AFF BOP TO BE REMOVED 1-1/2" FUEL RETURN @11'-3" AFF BOP TO BE REMOVED 66" x 58" GENERATOR EXHAUST © 3'-1" AFF BOD TO BE REMOVED OA INTAKE DAMPER TO BE REMOVED 49-1/2" OA INTAKE LOUVER TO BE REMOVED OA PLENUM TO REMAIN G0075 G0074 FLOOR 49-1/2" AFF G0074 G0050 IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENTWHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF DESIGNED BY CHECKED BY DRAWN BY GRATING AT GRADE ABOVE GRATING AT GRADE ABOVE G0072 JANITORS STORAGE (BELOW GRADE CORSON MUDD GENERATOR ROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 3/8" = 1'-0" 3' 2' 1' 0 1' 2' 3 EF -4 TO REMAIN 22"0 EF -4 EA @ 9'-6" AFF BOD TO BE REMOVED 66" x 31" EF -4 EA @ 9'-2" AFF BOD TO BE REMOVED EXHAUST BACKDRAFT DAMPER TO BE REMOVED (TYP. x2) 81"x88" LOUVER TO BE REMOVED NATURAL GAS RISER TO REMAIN. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, 12" GENERATOR EXHAUST @ 9'-9", ABOVE G0074 FLOOR, BOD TO BE REMOVED 12" 0 GENERATOR EXHAUST BELOW GRADE TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE AND CAPPED. PLAN NORTH GENERAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE REMOVALS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 2, EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LIFTED THRU REMOVAL GRATING ROOM. G0074. REFER TO ED -102 FOR FUEL SYSTEM AND GENERATOR EXHAUST SCOPE OF WORK.. 4. FUEL SYSTEM DEMOLITION INCLUDES PIPING, VALVES, SUPPORTS, CONTROL DEVICES, AND CONTAINMENT PAN. REMOVE PNEUMATIC CONTROL TUBING BACK TO SOURCE. DEMOLITION NOTES: GRATING WILL BE REMOVED TEMPORARILY TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR GENERATOR REMOVAL. REFER TO ELECTRICAL ED -102 FOR FUEL SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK REMOVE EXHAUST DUCT WORK THROUGH EAST WALL. TO EXHAUST FAN EF -4 AS SHOWN . CORSON MUDD AREA OF WORK KEY PLAN NOT TO SCALE O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT ITHACA, NY 14850 MECHANICAL CORSON MUDD DEMOLITION PLAN FILE NO. 68695- M D 101 DATE MAY 2018 MD 1O1 M. JONES E. ENGLER D. HARTER 0 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION OBG E. ENGLER NO, DATE REVISION INT. GRATING AT GRADE ABOVE GRATING AT GRADE ABOVE G0072 JANITORS STORAGE (BELOW GRADE CORSON MUDD GENERATOR ROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 3/8" = 1'-0" 3' 2' 1' 0 1' 2' 3 EF -4 TO REMAIN 22"0 EF -4 EA @ 9'-6" AFF BOD TO BE REMOVED 66" x 31" EF -4 EA @ 9'-2" AFF BOD TO BE REMOVED EXHAUST BACKDRAFT DAMPER TO BE REMOVED (TYP. x2) 81"x88" LOUVER TO BE REMOVED NATURAL GAS RISER TO REMAIN. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, 12" GENERATOR EXHAUST @ 9'-9", ABOVE G0074 FLOOR, BOD TO BE REMOVED 12" 0 GENERATOR EXHAUST BELOW GRADE TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE AND CAPPED. PLAN NORTH GENERAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE REMOVALS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 2, EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LIFTED THRU REMOVAL GRATING ROOM. G0074. REFER TO ED -102 FOR FUEL SYSTEM AND GENERATOR EXHAUST SCOPE OF WORK.. 4. FUEL SYSTEM DEMOLITION INCLUDES PIPING, VALVES, SUPPORTS, CONTROL DEVICES, AND CONTAINMENT PAN. REMOVE PNEUMATIC CONTROL TUBING BACK TO SOURCE. DEMOLITION NOTES: GRATING WILL BE REMOVED TEMPORARILY TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR GENERATOR REMOVAL. REFER TO ELECTRICAL ED -102 FOR FUEL SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK REMOVE EXHAUST DUCT WORK THROUGH EAST WALL. TO EXHAUST FAN EF -4 AS SHOWN . CORSON MUDD AREA OF WORK KEY PLAN NOT TO SCALE O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT ITHACA, NY 14850 MECHANICAL CORSON MUDD DEMOLITION PLAN FILE NO. 68695- M D 101 DATE MAY 2018 MD 1O1 LOUVER (L) SCHEDULE TAG LOCATION E 0011 L-2 E100UB E100UB DIMENSION HEIGHT (IN) 48 REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE WITH INSECT SCREEN 2. PROVIDE WITH EXTENDED SILL 3. PROVIDE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH,COORDINATE COLOR WITH BUILDING OWNER. TAG LOCATION DIMENSION DEPTH (IN.) 4 4 DUTY INTAKE INTAKE TYPE FREE AREA (SQ. FT) STATIONARY 8.58 TATIONARY 0.26 MAX PRESSURE DROP (IN. H20) MANUFACTURER/ MODEL 0.1 RUSKIN/ELF375DX. 0.1. RUSKIN/ELF375DX 4 DAMPER WIDTH HEIGHT D-1 ! E100UB DUTY EXHAUST STATIONARY 10.82 D SCHEDULE DAMPER ACTUATOR 0.1 RUSKIN/ELF375DX TYPE 0 OPERATOR 48 48 INTAKE TACKDRAFT r' D-2 t E100UB 12 12 INTAKE D-3 E100UB 60 48 EXHAUST POSITION NUFACTURER/ MODEL GRAVITY i NORMALLY CLOSED RUSKIN - BD2A2 BACKDRAFT ', GRAVITY NORMALLY CLOSED RUSKIN - BD2A2 BACKDRAFT GRAVITY I NORMALLY CLOSED 1 RUSKIN - BD2A2. IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENTWHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF M. JONES DESIGNED BY E. ENGLER CHECKED BY D. HARTER DRAWN BY E. ENGLER 0 05/16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION NO. DATE REVISION OBG INT, PROVIDE SILICONE -EMULSION SEALANT (TRADEMATE PAINTABLE GLAZING SEALANT DOW CORNING CORP. OR EQUAL) O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC FIXED LOUVER EXTENDED 51LL LOUVER NOT TO SCALE AL CONCRETE WALL INSTALLATION ANGLE SUPPORT STRAP BACKDRAFT DAMPER. DUCTWORK. (IF REQUIRED) DUCTWORK PENETRATION DETAIL CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT ITHACA, NY 14850 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS FILE NO. 68695- M501 DATE MAY 2018 48" x 48" OA LOUVER L-1 AND 48"x48" DAMPER D-1 12"x12" OA LOUVER L-2 AND 12"x12" DAMPER D-2 FOR ROOM E1000B VENTILATION. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATION. 8"x8" TITUS 300FS TRANSFER GRILLE (EXHAUST) EXHAUST 21 CFM E1000B (STORAGE) 8"x8" TITUS 300FS TRANSFER GRILLE (EXHAUST) WITH VOLUME DAMPER 8"x8" EXHAUST AIR DUCT THROUGH ELECTRICAL ROOM WALL @9'-4" AFF BOD FINISHED FLOOR 66"x31"x46" EF -4 EXHAUST PLENUM @9'-2" AFF BOD INFILL REMAINDER OF LOUVER OPENING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 49-1/2" AFF EXISTING EF -4 EF -4 EA DUCT @ 9"-6" BOD 60" x 48" TO 66" x 31" TRANSITION G0074 FLOOR 49-112" AFF G0075 G0074 G0050 IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENTWHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF M. JONES DESIGNED BY E. ENGLER CHECKED BY D. HARTER GRATING AT GRADE LEVEL ABOVE (TYP.) G0072 JANITORS STORAGE. (BELOW GRADE CORSON MUDD GENERATOR ROOM INSTALLATION PLAN 3/8" = 11-0" 3' T 1' 0 1' 2' 3 DRAWN BY E. ENGLER 0 05/16/18 NO. DATE ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION REVISION OBG INT, O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT ITHACA, NY 14850 PLAN. NORTH 60" x 48" BACKDRAFT DAMPER D-3 FOR EF -4 EXHAUST © 7'-9" AFF BOD 60" x 48" EXHAUST LOUVER FOR EF -4 @ 7'-9" AFF BOTTOM OF LOUVER REPAIR REMAINDER OF LOUVER OPENING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXISTING NATURAL GAS RISER. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, MECHANICAL INSTALLATION NOTES: E100UB VENTILATION EXHAUST DUCT FOR AIR TRANSFER INTO MECH. ROOM. GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL SHOWN NEW UNLESS IDENTIFIED AS EXISTING. KEY PLAN NOT TO SCALE CORSON MUDD INSTALLATION PLAN FILE NO. 68695- M101 DATE MAY 2018 eL GENERAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE REMOVALS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK, 2. GENERATOR ROOM IS LOCATED BELOW GRADE. LYNAH RINK DEMOLITION NOTES: CONCRETE WALKWAY STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS AND GRATING (TYP.) DISCONNECT AND REMOVE FEEDERS BETWEEN GENERATOR AND ATS. ATS TO REMAIN IN PLACE AND WILL BE REFED DURING INSTALLATION PHASE. CONDUITS TO REMAIN IN PLACE. REMCNE AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST AIR PLENUMS AND WEATHER PROOF ENCLOSURE TO FACILITATE GENERATOR REMOVAL. ENGINE -GENERATOR SKID SHALL BE REMCVED COMPLETE. CONDUITS TO REMAIN IN PLACE. PROTECT CONDUITS AND STUB -UP LOCATION. STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS WILL REQUIRE REMOVAL AND RE -INSTALLATION TO ACCOMMODATE GENERATOR REMOVAL. GRATING WILL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION AFTER GENERATOR REMOVAL IS COMPLETE. EXISTING UNDERGROUND CONDUIT TO REMAIN IN PLACE FOR USE DURING INSTALLATION PHASE. ASCO ATS TO BE REMOVED. ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUIT TO REMAIN IN PLACE FOR INSTALLATION PHASE. EXISTING ATS DOES NOT HAVE A SWITCHED NEUTRAL. CUT BEAMS 1.-0. FROM EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL. CUT WELDS AT CENTER PLATE, THEN REMOVE GRATING. ONCE GENERATOR HAS BEEN REMOVED BEAMS AND GRATING WILL BE RE -INSTALLED. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAIL. REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF FUEL IN THE GENERATOR AND ASSOCIATED FUEL LINES. REFER TO ED -102 FOR MORE DETAIL. , ,• TRANSFORMER VAULT (BELOW GRADE) I, i , . . , , .•',', , I , I . I - --- - I 4 CONDUIT STUB -UP ---iLOCATION ALL WORK SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IS CONSIDERED FUTURE AND SHALL NOT BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID. FOR REFERENCE ONLY FIRE PUMP TRANSFER SWITCH 30KVA TRANSFORMER AND FEEDER SHALL BE REMOVED TO SOURCE CONDUIT ERGROUND ERATOR CONDUIT STUB -UP LOCATION ASCO ATS BARTELS HALL EDP 277V 225A 30-4W PLAN NORTH AREA OF1NORK S HALL DEMOLITION PLAN KEY PLAN NOT TO SCALE PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUME THIS DRAWING WAS INACCURACIES IN THE INGS ARE R c I 0 ED AT ICATED. SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED CED BY ANY MEANS. DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. DATE: 05/16/2018 IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 NO. DATE FOR CONSTRUCTION O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC REVISION INT. CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 E ECTRICAL BARTELS HALL DEMOLITION PLAN FILE NO. 68695- ED104 DATE MAY 2018 ED -104 SAVED: 5/16/2018 3:39:51 PM 0 ATS GENERATOR (s_2)1c SWITCHBOARD 1200A 120/208V XFMR 500KVA 480V -120/208V SERVICE DISCONNECT 480V 600A •. • • „ •••••••-•„;" -•::"••••• •;•:•••• ! •• • " ",, ' ." „:. •,„ I !' • I . . , I . EM -1 YNAH RINK DEMOLITION PLAN 1/8" = 8' 4' 0 8' IT IS A VIOLATION OF L AW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE, IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON _ NO. 05/16/18 DATE ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION REVISION_ OBG INT, PLAN NORTH O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 GENERAL NQTES: 1. COORDINATE REMOVALS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. . 2. GENERATOR ROOM IS LOCATED AT GRADE. 3. COORDINATE WITH CORNELL UNIVERSITY CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ENTERING OR PERFORMING ANY WORK IN MECHANICAL RM. 00062. THIS ROOM CONTAINS AN ANHYDROUS AMMONIA REFRIGERATION SYSTEM. 4. LYNAH RINK CURRENTLY OPERATING ON A TEMPORARY GENERATOR THIS WILL ALLOW CONSTRUCTION PHASING EASIER. REMOVE AND TURN OVER TEMPORARY GENERATOR TO CORNELL AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. DEMOLITION NOTES:. 0 ATS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE. REMOVE EMERGENCY POWER FEED FROM EXISTING GENERATOR. REMOVE ENTIRE GENERATOR SKID AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS. REMOVE BATTERY CHARGER AND POWER CIRCUIT. CUT EQUIPMENT PAD FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR REMOVE CONTROL CIRCUITRY BETWEEN GENERATOR AND ATS. REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF FUEL IN THE GENERATOR AND ASSOCIATED FUEL LINES. REFER TO ED -102 FOR MORE DETAIL. AREA OF WORK LYNAH RINK ELECTRICAL LYNAH RINK L NOT TO SCALE LYNAH RINK DEMOLITION PLAN FILE NO. 68695- ED103 DATE MAY 2018 ED -10 DEMOLITION NOTES: UtifiA FUEL SUPPLY & RETURN IN WELDED CONTAINMENT PIPE TO BE REMOVED DISCONNECT AND REMOVE THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS ENTIRELY: -FUEL TANK -SUPPLY AND RETURN FUEL OIL PIPING -FUEL OIL PUMP SKID -POWER AND CONTROL WIRING -PRINTER AND ANNUNCIATOR -EXTERIOR ALARM/HORN AND RESET SWITCH -CATHODIC PROTECTION TEST STATION REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED POWER AND CONTROL CIRCUITS BACK TO SOURCE. REMOVE ALL POWER AND CONTROL WIRING INTERLOCKING BETWEEN DAY TANK AND OIL PUMPS. THE EXTERIOR SURFACES SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION FOLLOWING TANK REMOVAL. GRADING SHALL MATCH INITIAL CONDITION REFER TO DRAWING E-404. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: -ASPHALT PAVING -CURBING -SIDEWALKS -GRASS OR LANDSCAPED AREAS -GRADING SHALL MATCH EXISTING AREAS THAT HAVE DROP CEILINGS, FUEL PIPING SHALL REMAIN ABANDON IN PLACE. CUT PIPING BACK TO FURTHEST EXTENT CAP EACH END AND LABEL "ABANDON FUEL LINE. THIS AREA IS THE CITY OF ITHACA FIRE DEPT EGRESS ROUTE. COORDINATE WORK SCHEDULE WITH THE CITY OF ITHACA FIRE DEPT. PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. REFER TO SITE LOGISTICS PLAN ON DRAWING E-002. UNDERGROUND FUEL TANK TANK INSTRUMENTATION FUEL PUMP SKID EUP-GB UTILITES TO TANK BIOTECHNOLOGY FUEL PUMP SKID IN BASEMENT MECHANICAL ROOM NOTE THIS AREA HAS DROP CEILING G0060 (G©©671 PLAN NOTES: 1. COORDINATE REMOVALS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. ALL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH FUEL TANK AND SYSTEMS REMOVAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION 02.65.000 AND AS INDICATED HEREIN. 8. LOCATIONS OF SAWCUT FOR RESTORATION OF BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY CORNELL. PRIOR TO MAKING SAWCUT SEE DETAIL, SHEET E-501. 2. COORDINATE WITH THE FACILITY MANAGER PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK IN THE VICINITY OF ROOM G57 DUE TO THE PRESENCE OF A STRONG MAGNET. - DIESEL FUEL TANK (BELOW GRADE) FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) 1000 GALLONS, REFER TO SPECIFICATION PLAN NORTH BIOTECH BUILDING DEMOLITION PLAN REMOVE EXISTING 1,000 GALLON TANK, PIPING & ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN THESE DRAWINGS AND ALL LOCAL. STATE, AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. TEST SOIL IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS (40CFR PART281.35). CONTRACTOR TO PROPERLY DISPOSE OF TANK AND SOIL IN MANNER APPROVED BY CORNELL ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OFFICE (ECO). REMOVE FUEL OIL PUMP PACKAGE LOCATED IN RM. G0060 AS INDICATED. REMOVE ALL FUEL OIL PIPING IN BIOTECH RM. G0060. REMOVE FUEL OIL LINES AND 6"WELDED CONTAINMENT THROUGHOUT BIOTECH AND CORSON MUDD WITH EXCEPTION OF AREAS NOTED WITH DROP CEILING, SEAL WALLS APPROPRIATELY WHERE FUEL LINES HAVE BEEN REMOVED. 6. RESTORE AREAS DISTURBED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS AND NOTES ON DRAWING E-501. RESTORE ALL LANDSCAPED AREAS TO ORIGINAL PRECONSTRUCTION CONDITION OR AS DIRECTED BY CORNELL. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BACKFILL ALL EXCAVATED AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION, "TRENCHING AND BACKFILL." AREA OF WORK REPLACE AND/OR RESET GRANITE CURBING DISTURBED BY TANK REMOVAL. REPLACEMENT CURB WILL MATCH EXISTING AND SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY CORNELL. 10. REPLACE EXISTING LANDSCAPE STONE ADJACENT TO BUILDING WHICH WAS DISTURBED DURING TANK AND PIPING REMOVAL, STONE SHALL MATCH EXISTING IN COLOR AND SIZE. 11. FIELD SCREEN SOIL FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS USING A PHOTOIONIZATION DETECTOR ONCE DIRECTED BY CORNELL ECO. INCLUDE LAB ANALYSIS OF (5) CONFIRMATORY SOIL SAMPLES. 12. EMPTY TANK AND CLEAN PER ALL APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. 13. DISCONNECT FUEL OIL PUMPS AND PIPING INSIDE MECHANICAL ROOM. 14. OIL, TANK, PIPING AND SOIL DISPOSAL SHALL BE BY THE CONTRACTOR. NOT TO SCALE 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW NYSDEC CLOSURE REGULATIONS, 6 NYCRR PART 613-2.66 "OUT OF SERVICE UST SYSTEMS AND CLOSURE" AND 40CFR PART 281.36. IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. E 0 IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 05/16/18 NO. DATE. ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION OBG REVISION INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL BIOTECH DE OLITION PLAN FILE NO. 68695- E D 1 O2 DATE MAY 2018 ED -102 EPLE1-6 30KVA XFMR 'N JUNCTION BOX TO CWP'S GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL EPLE1-4 (15KVA XFMR BELOW) FLEX CONDUITS EDPHE1-1 - ASCO ATS 017 0001 1019 JUNCTION BOX CORSON MUDD GENERATOR -GROUND LUG 4 CONNECTION,' EF -4 GO G0050 REMOVABLE GRATING AT GROUND LEVEL TO BE USED FOR ROUTING OF PORTABLE GENERATOR CABLES. PROTECT CABLES DURING THE PERIOD OF CONSTRUCTION REMOVABLE GRATING AT GROUND LEVEL TO BE UTILIZED TO REMOVE GENERATOR AND GENERATOR COMPONENTS - G0072 JANITORS STORAGE (BELOW GRADE FUEL SUPPLY & RETURN IN WELDED CONTAINMENT PIPE 0 TUNNEL TO BIOTECH BUILDING SEE ED -102 FOR CONTINUATION IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. EXHAUST NATURAL GAS RISER TO REMAIN FUEL SUPPLY & RETURN IN WELDED CONTAINMENT PIPE ROUTED UNDERGROUND OUTSIDE THE BUILDING LIMITS TO BE ABANDON IN PLACE. COORDINATE WITH NYSDEC FOR APPROVAL TO LEAVE PIPE IN PLACE E F-4 MOTOR STARTER GENERAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE REMOVALS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 2. GENERATOR ROOM IS LOCATED BELOW GRADE. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LIFTED THRU REMOVAL GRATING ROOM 00074. 4. REFER TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 02.65.00 FOR FUEL PIPING AND TANK REMOVAL. 5. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN ON DRAWING E-101. GROUND UG CONNECTION EXHAUST MUFFLER CORSON MUDD GENERATOR ROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 318" = 1'-0" 3' 2' 1' 0 1' 2" 3 PLAN NORTH DEMOLITION NOTES: 0 0 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE FEEDERS BETWEEN GENERATOR AND ATS. ATS TO REMAIN IN PLACE AND WILL BE REFED DURING INSTALLATION PHASE. GENERATOR AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS SUCH AS EXHAUST, RADIATOR, DUCTS, LOUVERS, DAY TANK AND FUEL LINES SHALL BE REMOVED ENTIRELY FROM GENERATOR ROOM. GRATING WILL BE REMOVED TEMPORARILY TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR GENERATOR REMOVAL. PROVIDE BARRIERS TO PREVENT ENTRY BY UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL. REMOVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, CUT FLUSH WITH SLAB REFER TO PHOTO. REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF FUEL IN THE DAY TANK AND FUEL LINES. FUEL LINES BELOW GRADE SHALL, BE ABANDONED IN PLACE, AND CAPPED ON BOTH ENDS. REFER TO DRAWING ED -102 FOR MORE DETAIL. DAY TANK NOTES: 1. REMOVE COMPLETE INCLUDING TANK CONTAINMENT PAN, PIPING, PIPE FITTINGS, AND POWER/SIGNAL CIRCUITS. KEY PLAN NOT TO SCALE IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 05/16/1' 8 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION NO. DATE REVISION OBG INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL CORSON MUDD DEMOLITION PLAN FILE NO. 68695- E D 101 DATE MAY 2018 ED -101 6/2018 3:39:40 PM Mudd Electnca 0) r L WEILL HALL CATERPILLAR GENERATOR CONTROL CABINET IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON _J 0 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 0BG NO. DATE EVISION INT. 1-1/2"C /2" C -1/2" C ATS CORSON MUDD 10-#14 — 10-#14 GENERATOR I/O RISER DIAGRAM O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ASCO SERIES 300 480V 800A 30 �r TRANSFER SWITCH d NORMAL POSITION TRANSFER SWITCH EMERGENCY POSITION GENERATOR START 2 -SPARE ATS LYNAH RINK CUMMINS POWER COMMAND 120/208V 60A 30 - TRANSFER SWITCH NORMAL POSITION c, TRANSFER SWITCH EMERGENCY POSITION GENERATOR START 2 -SPARE GENERAL NATES: 1. COORDINATE EXACT TERMINATIONS WITH CATERPILLAR REPRESENATIVE. ELECTRICAL GENERATOR I/O RISER DIAGRAM FILE NO. 68695- E701 DATE MAY 2018 E-701 L WEILL HALL EMERGENCY GENERATOR (E) 2500 kVA, 480Y/277V, 30, 4W IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE GENERATOR TERMINAL BOX SECTION 1 EXISTING TAP EXISTING GENERATOR BUS - 7 GENERATOR TERMINAL BOX 1 EXTENSION SECTION 2 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD @ WEILL HALL GENERATOR ENCLOSURE (E) 480Y/277V, 30, 4W, 3000A (4 SETS) 4-#600KCMIL & 144/0 GND IN 4"C (XHHW-2, SINGLE CONDUCTOR, WET-L1STED CABLE, RATED FOR CABLE TRAY USE) 1 3000AF 3000AT EXISTING EMERGENCY GENERATOR DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD "EMSWB" @ WEILL HALL (E) 1 480Y/277V, 30, 4W, 3000A 1 TO UNIT SUBSTATION "USS -1" (E) BIOTECHNOLOGY BUILDING EMERGENCY POWER DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD "DS -EG" (E) r - 480Y/277V, 30, 4W, 600A L_ TO BIOTECHNOLOGY MAIN SWITCHBOARD L. 60 HP FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER/ATS @ BIOTECHNOLOGY (E) EXISTING BIOTECHNOLOGY FIRE PUMP (E) WEILL HALL FIRE PUMP (E) 400AF 350AT EXISTING FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER/ATS @ WEILL HALL (E) EXISTING IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. 1600AF 3P 1600AT (100% RATED) PROPOSED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD @ WEILL HALL GENERATOR ENCLOSURE 480Y/277V, 30, 4W, 1600A NEMA 3R TO CORSON MUDD UNIT SUBSTATION(E) 800AF 400AT (100% RATED) 4-#600kcmil 1-#1/0 GND 4"C (1 -SPARE) ITO BARTELS MAIN SWITCHBOARD (CIRCUIT IS GROUND -FAULT PROTECTED) 1 1 CORSON-MUDD ATS (E) 480/277V, 800A, 30, 4W 800A EXISTING 480Y/277V, 30, 4W, 800A EDPHE1-1 @ CORSON-MUDD GROUND FLOOR RM, El 0OUB (E) 44250 KCMIL 1-#4 GND 3"C 1 44250 KCMIL 1-#4 GND 4"C PROPOSED BARTELS ATS -1 480/277V, 250A, 30, 4W 4-#250 KCMIL 1-#4 GND 3"C 250A 480Y/277V, 30, 4W, 250A EDP @ BARTELS BASEMENT RM. B0065 (E) DIAGRAM NOTES: TO BARTELS MAIN SWITCHBOARD (E) NOT IN CONTRACT 3-#4/0 AWG 1-#4 GND 2"C FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER/ATS @ BARTELS HALL BASEMENT ROOM B0063 (E) 480V, 30, 3W, 100A EXISTING PROVIDE NAMEPLATE ON DISCONNECT SWITCH STATING " WARINING SOURCED FROM WEILL GENERATOR" ONE- INE DIAGRAM TO LLP -2 @ LYNAH RINK (E) 4-#6 AWG - 1410 GND 3/4"C 1 3) 30AF 30AT 3-#8 AWG 148 GND 1"C 30A 1 L _ DS-XFMR (LYNAH MECH. RM.) 1 PROPOSED XFMR (LYNAH MECH. RM.) 15kVA 30 480V - 208/120V 4-#6 AWG 1-#10 GND 1"C EXISTING ATS @ LYNAH RINK 208/120V, 60A EM -1 @ LYNAH RINK (E) 208/120V, 30, 4W, 100A RETERMINATE EXISTING NORMAL POWER FEEDERS (2 SETS) 4-#350kcmil 141/0 GND 4"C WM.. MON. WAIN. M01.111. aileda10 OM. ieW NORMAL POWER TO BE FINALIZED 3P / 600A SWITCHBOARD @ LYNAH RINK MECH RM 3P 120/208V, 30, 4W, 1200A (2 SETS) 4-#500kcmil 141/0 GND 4"C 800AF 800AT N.O. PROPOSED MTS @ LYNAH RINK 480/277V, 600A (SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED) EXISTING SERVICE ENTRANCE DISCONNECT SWITCH EXISTING EXISTING XFMR 500kVA 30 480V -208/120V EXISTING 1200A NOT IN CONTRACT LOAD 1 BANK 1 LJ 500KW IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR ONSTRUCTION OBG NO, DATE REVISION INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 E ECTRICA ONE -LINE DIAGRAM FILE NO. 68695- E601 DATE MAY 2018 E-601 TO LOAD BANK FINISHED GRADE. GENERATOR PIT WALL CONCRETE WALL WIi H GYPSUM PLASTER STUCCO PROPOSED SWITCHBOARD 4 - 4" CONDUITS TO GENERATOR TERMINATION CABINET TRANSITION TO WALL MOUNT CONTROL CIRCUITS GENERAL NOTES: 1. SECURE CONDUITS TO GENERATOR PIT WALL WITH 2 HOLE CONDUITS CLAMP AND 3/16" TAPCON SCREW ANCHOR W/ 1 1/2" MINIMUM CONCRETE EMBEDMENT FINISHED GRADE IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE RAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON'. CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION NO. DATE REVISION. OBG _ INT. _ GENERATOR PIT SECTION 3/8" = 1'-0" O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL GENERATOR PIT SECTION `FILE NO. 68695- E504 DATE MAY 2018 E-504 EXISTING MUFFLER MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 6" OF SEPARATION BETWEEN EXHAUST AND CONDUITS UTILIZE EXI TING MUFFLER S PPORT TO SECURE "ROPOSED CONDUIT H ° NGER COORDINATE WITH CATERPILLAR FOR CABINET AND CONDUIT MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS TO MAINTAIN VIBRATION ISOLATION. GENERATOR CONTROLLER GENERATOR TERMINATION CABINET TERMINATIONS FLEX CONDUIT CONDUITS WITH BUSHING — BUSHING TYPICAL FLANGED EDGE BOLTED TO EXISTING CABINET EXISTING CABLE TYPICAL CONNECTIONS FOR 4 SETS OF CABLES BUS IN EXISTING CABINET OPENING WITH PROTECTIVE EDGE GROMMET FOR CABLES BACK TO BACK SINGLE HOLE COPPER BARREL LUG COMPRESSION (VERIFY STUD HOLE SIZE) PROPOSED TERMINATION CABI' ET EXTENSION ENCLOSURE 18"W x 34"H x 14"D GROUND BUS 90 DEGREE SINGLE HOLE COPPER BARREL LUG COMPRESSION (VERIFY STUD HOLE SIZE) SECURE TO EXISTING CABINET SIDE VIEW TERMINATION CABINET EXTENSION 1 1/2" = 1'-0" GENERATOR ENCLOSURE FLOOR GROUND BUS GENERATION TERMINATION CAEINET 1 1/2" a 1'-0" IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OFA INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THF ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 NO. DATE ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION REVISION O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS. INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL GENERATOR TERMINATION DETAILS FILE NO. 68695- E503 DATE MAY 2018 E 0 0 0 0 ROXTEC GH BOLTED ALUMINUM FRAME 0 0 MODULE WITH PIPE 0 MODULE WITH CABLE 2,-1" O SPARE MODULE SOLID MODULE ROXTEC RM ES MODULES GENERATOR ENCLOSURE PENETRATION NOT TO SCALE IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF DESIGNED BY CHECKED BY DRAWN BY INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL CIRCUITS Q TYPICAL OF 4 (4) #600KCMIL GABLES & (1) #4/OGND THRU WALL (SEAL AROUND CABLE AND CONDUIT) 0 O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC FIRESTOPPING SEALANT THICKNESS OF SEALANT SHALL BE: 5/8" FOR 1HR., 1 1/4" FOR 2 HR. CONDUIT SEE NOTE 2 NOTES: 1. INSTALL ALL MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL SYSTEM No. W -J-1028 AND MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. 2. MAXIMUM SIZE OF PIPE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A. NOM. 10" DIAMETER OR SMALLER, SCHEDULE 10 OR HEAVIER STEEL PIPE. B. NOM. 4" DIAMETER OR SMALLER, STEEL ELECTRICAL METALIC TUBING OR NOM. 6" DIAMETER STEEL CONDUIT. 3. MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF OPENING IS 12 1/2". SECTION -B TYPICAL INTERIOR 1 HR FIRE STOPPING PENETRATION NOT TO SCALE CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL PENETRATION DETAILS FILE NO. 68695- E502 DATE MAY 2018 E-502 E. MILES M. WHALON M. JONES M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION OBG NO. DATE REVISION INT. INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL CIRCUITS Q TYPICAL OF 4 (4) #600KCMIL GABLES & (1) #4/OGND THRU WALL (SEAL AROUND CABLE AND CONDUIT) 0 O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC FIRESTOPPING SEALANT THICKNESS OF SEALANT SHALL BE: 5/8" FOR 1HR., 1 1/4" FOR 2 HR. CONDUIT SEE NOTE 2 NOTES: 1. INSTALL ALL MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL SYSTEM No. W -J-1028 AND MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. 2. MAXIMUM SIZE OF PIPE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A. NOM. 10" DIAMETER OR SMALLER, SCHEDULE 10 OR HEAVIER STEEL PIPE. B. NOM. 4" DIAMETER OR SMALLER, STEEL ELECTRICAL METALIC TUBING OR NOM. 6" DIAMETER STEEL CONDUIT. 3. MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF OPENING IS 12 1/2". SECTION -B TYPICAL INTERIOR 1 HR FIRE STOPPING PENETRATION NOT TO SCALE CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL PENETRATION DETAILS FILE NO. 68695- E502 DATE MAY 2018 E-502 Lu 0) FIN ISHED GRADE BACKFILL MATERIAL WARNING TAPE -1-1/2" HOT MIX ASPHALT; TOP COURSE NYSDOT ITEM 403.178202M -TYPE 6F2 -2" HOT MIX ASPHALT; BINDER COURSE NYSDOT ITEM 403.138902M -TYPE 3 3" HOT MIX ASPHALT; BASE COURSE NYSDOT ITEM 403.118902M -TYPE 1 BACKFILL MATERIAL FINISHED GRADE WARNING TAPE 3"C LYNAH FUTURE COMP. 1-1/2"C LYNAH & BARTELLS CONTROL CIRCUITS 1"C LYNAH POWER. CONCRETE ENCASED 2"C BARTELLS ATS POWER FEEDER 2"C BARTELLS FIRE PUMP POWER FEEDER 4"C POWER LYNAH RINK DUCT BANK SECTION 3/4" = V-0" 6" THICK CONCRETE BACKFILL MATER IAL FINISHED GRADE 4"C POWER 4"C SPARE SAND ENCASED 2"C CONTROL CORSON MUDD DUCT BANK SECTION 3/4" = 1'-0" 1'-0" (TYP,) EQUIP. UNDISTURBED EARTH DETAIL NOTES : 1'-0" COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL 1. COORDINATE ANCHOR BOLT SIZE AND LOCATIONS W/ EQUIP. MANUF, 2" E.W. T&B 12" CONC. SLAB 3/4" CHAMFER FINISH GRADE EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT PAD DETAIL 3/4" = 1,-0" IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT, WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. CONCRETE ENCASED LOAD BANK DUCT BANK SECTION 3/4" = 1'-0" 4 TOP @ PERIMETER #4@12" DWL'S AT PERIMETER - DRILL AND GROUT - SEE NOTE 1 #4@12" E.W., TOP ROUGHEN SURFACE TO 1/4" AMPLITUDE AND APPLY BONDING AGENT " MIN. /4" CHAMFER DETAIL NOTES: SLAB - SEE NOTE 1 1. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT PAD SIZE & ANCHOR LOCATIONS WITH DRAWINGS & EQUIPMENT MFR. P.) EQUIPMENT PAD DETAIL ON CONC. SLAB IN CHARGE OF E. DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON. 0 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION NO. DATE REVISION OBG INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 FILTER FABRIC MIRAFI 500X OR APPROVED EQUAL 12" COMPACTED SUBBASE COURSE NYSDOT ITEM 304.15M - OPTIONAL TYPE (2 LIFTS) SUBGRADE COMPACTED TO 95% MODIFIED PROCTOR MAXIMUM DENSITY HEAVY DUTY ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT NOT TO SCALE NEW 1.5" ASPHALT CONCRETE TOP COURSE ON MILLED SURFACE EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION 2' WIDE PETROTAC MEMBRANE BY NILEX OR APPROVED EQUAL TO BE INSTALLED CENTERED ON THE SEALED CRACKS - NEW PAVEMENT SECTION TYPICAL SECTION FOR EXISTING PAVEMENT TRANSITION TO NEW PAVEMENT EXISTING GRADE NOT TO SCALE 1" REVEAL BROOM FINISH PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL CONCRETE SIDEWALK WIDTH VARIES SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT AWAY FROM BUILDINGS OR AS SHOWN ON PLANS - EXPANSION JOINT ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT =111 1 II 111 1 111 I I-1 i 1-=- I I =111 =1 I BII I =1 11 =1 COMPACTED SUBBASE NOTES; WELDED WIRE FABRIC 4"x4" MESH 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE 4000 P.S.I. (MIN.) AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE. COMPACTED SUBGRADE 2. FULL DEPTH EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED EVERY 25', AND MARKED JOINTS SHALL BE AT 5' SPACING AND FORCED BY A GROOVING TOOL. 3. ALL EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE FILLED WITH ASPHALT FILLER MATERIAL. 4. CONCRETE SURFACE SHALL BE BROOM FINISHED PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. CONCRETE RESTORATION DETAIL NOT TO SCALE SURFACE REPAIR DETAILS "=V0" SECTIONS AND DETAI FILE NO. 68695- E501 DATE MAY 2018 EXISTING VEHICLE ROADWAY EXISTING ASPHALT WALKWAY EXISTING CURB r;1 PROPOSED ADA ACCESS TILE PROPOSED - ASPHALT WALKWAY EXISTING CONCRETE WALKWAY EXISTING ADA ACCESS TILE PROPOSED CONCRETE WALKWAY EXISTING BIOTECH BUILDING GRAVEL LANDSCAPE EXISTING CROSS WALK EXISTING CURB PLAN NORTH ENLARGED BIOTECH RESTORATION SITE P 1/8" = IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OFA INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05116/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION OBG NO. DATE REVISION INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC AN CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO RESTORATION DETAILS ON DRAWING E-501. INSTALLATION NOTES: PROVIDE CURVED CAST IN PLACE DETECTABLE ACCESS WARNING SURFACE TILES IN LOCATION SHOWN. SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING ASPHALT. REPAIR SURFACE WITH CONCRETE SIDEWALK FOR AREA INDICATED. TRANSITION TO ASPHALT SIDEWALK AS FEASIBLE. MAINTAIN EXISTING GRADE. ADA ACCESS TILE REQUIREMENTS: 1. FULLY COMPLIANT WITH ALL ADA AND OSHA REQUIREMENTS FOR SURFACE HEIGHT TRANSITIONS. 2. 3. 4.. NYLON COMPOSITE, CORROSION RESISTANT ANCHOR AND STAINLESS STEEL FASTENER. TAMPER -PROOF, COUNTERSUNK, STAINLESS STEEL FASTENER SET FLUSH WITH TILE SURFACE. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ADA ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES (ADAAG) SECTION 304 FOR DOME SIZE, DOME SPACING, CONTRAST, SIZE, LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT. A. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL EXTEND 24INCHES MINIMUM IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL AND THE FULL WIDTH OF CURB RAMP, THE LANDING, OR BLENED TRANSITION. PROVIDE LIGHT GRAY, FEDERAL STANDARD 26280 COLOR TILE. ELECTRICAL ENLARGED BIOTECH SITE PLAN FILE NO. 68695- E404 DATE MAY 2018 E-404 o_ SEE CONTINUATION ON DRAWING E-402 CO N 8004 1,794 B76 .._2,037 ._.I GENERAL NATES: 1. LABEL ALL SPARE CONDUITS AND JUNCTION BOXES WHERE SPARE CONDUITS ENTER. 2. REFER TO E-402 FOR PULL BOX SCHEDULE. 3. CEILINGS IN THIS AREA ARE EXPOSED OPEN TO DECK, SUPPORT UTILIZING BOTTOM OF EXISTING SUPPORT 9'-6"AFF INSTALLATION NOTES: USE CAUTION WHEN EXCAVATING IN THIS AREA AS THERE IS A SUB GRADE BASEMENT. 8508 582 equip n` en 357 859 x..59 159 1- 4" POWER CONDUIT 1- 1-1/2" CONTROLS CONDUIT 80043 480 equlpmen 80049 1,157, B54 B54A B0024 B0025 184 134 SUPPORT UTILIZING BOTTOM OF EXISTING SUPPORT 9'-6"AFF ./ PULL BOX JB -6 80050 1.21 B0051 892 891 374 , 344 1- 4" POWER CONDUIT 1- 1-1/2" CONTROLS CONDUIT B83 B84 ! BSO; 9'-0"AFF PULL BOX JB -7 161 � E MOUNT CONDUIT TO BOTTOM OF DUCT SUPPORT REFER TO TYPICAL INTERIOR 1HR 800 CFIRE STOPPING PENETRATION DETAIL. ON DRAWING E-02 1- 4" POWER CONDUIT 1-4" SPARE CONDUIT 1- 1-1/2" CONTROLS CONDUIT TRANSITION DOWN TO 10'-6"AFF SPARE CONDUIT TERMINATES AT THIS POINT 5'-0"AFF CORE DILL CONCRETE. FOUNDATION WALL 15'-0"AFF AND SEAL WITH ROXTEC RS SERIES BOTTOM OF DUCT SUPPORTS INTERSTITIAL BELOW GRADE SPACE 13'-0"AFF SEE CONTINUATION ON DRAWING E-401 ENLARGED WEILL HALL ROUTING 1/8" = 1'-O" a) ua 2 c 0ca IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OFA INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT, WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCA! E. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 NO. DATE ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION OBG O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC REVISION CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL ENLARGED WEILL HALL ROUTING 2 FILE NO. 68695- E404 DATE MAY 2018 E-403 TUNNEL TO CORSON MUDD EFER TO E-101 FOR CONTINUATION - CONDUITS STACKED ON WALL BOTTOM OF CONDUIT 8'-0"AFF EXISTING RACK WALL MOUNTED (NP.) JB -2 J w z z 0I REFER TO TYPICAL INTERIOR 1 HR FIRE STOPPING PENETRATION DETAIL ON DRAWING E-502 GENERAL NOTES: 1. EXISTING SUPPORT RACKS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS IN THE FIELD. 2, CEILINGS IN THIS AREA ARE EXPOSED OPEN TO DECK. JUNCTION BOX LOCATION SIZE REMARKS JB -1 JB -2 JB -3 JB -4 JB -5 JB -6 JB -7 JB -8 JB -9 JB -10 JB -11 CORSON MUDD G0074 36" x 30" x 6" NEMA 3R WITH SCREW COVER CORSON MUDD TUNNEL WEILL HALL COORIDOR B0058 30" x 24" x 6" 36"x30"x 6" NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER WEILL, HALL COORIDOR B0058 36" x 30" x 6" NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER WEILL HALL COORIDOR B0041 WEILL HALL COORIDOR B0041 WEILL HALL COORIDOR 80053 GENERATOR PIT 36" x 30" x 6" 36" x 30" x 6" 36" x 30" x 6" 36" x 30" x 30" NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER NEMF.1 WITH SCREW COVER NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER GENERATOR PIT GENERATOR PIT 12" x 12" x 6" 12"x12"x 6" NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER GENERATOR PIT 36" x 30" x 24" NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER B-12 JB -13 LYNAH RINK STAIRWELL LYNAH RINK STAIRWELL 24"x24"x 6" 36" x 30" x 12" NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER NEMA 1 WITH SCREW COVER IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. B0058 8'94. ti EXTEND RACK TO SUPPORT CONDUIT (TYPICAL) 625A 273 REFER TO TYPICAL INTERIOR 1 HR ' FIRE STOPPING PENETRATION DETAIL ON DRAWING E-02 B25 953 1. 1- 4" POWER CONDUIT -t-1- 1- 1-1/2" CONTROLS CONDUIT 025B 166 B25C 165 019 B15 444 MOUNT' TO BOTTOM OF EXISTING RACK ROUTE CONDUITS OVER DUCTWORK APROX. 12'-0"AFF I DUCT - J B14 206 1- 4" POWER CONDUIT i' 1- 1-1/2" CONTROLS CONDUIT _..._., STACK CONDUITS B17 222_.., PULL BOX JB -4 ....616..... MOUNTED 247 ABOVE DOOR _.......----._._.-._._.. TOP 10'-0"AFF ROUTE CONDUIT UNDER DUCT APROX. 9'-0" REFER TO TYPICAL INTERIOR 1 HR FIRE STOPPING PENETRATION DETAIL ON DRAWING E-502 638 218... 636E 221 B36A 220 1 B3OA 630 DUCT B0042 578 B0044 BOO OX JB -5 041 145 839 145 B35 159..-_! B31 SUPPORT UTILIZING BOTTOM OF EXISTING SUPPORT 9'-6"AFF B70 127 B70/ 81. 870E 42 1 CORNER DUCT B46B B46A B46C 429 3 94 B45A ai 8456 163 B45C 247 1- 4" POWER CONDUIT /2" CONTROLS CONDUIT B46 198 B76 contd. equipment B45 419 B46D 420 B46E 187 B45F 142'... 045E. B45D 242 HALL DUCT NOT TO SCALE B42 1.4481 647A ENLARGED WEILL HALL ROUTING 1/8" = 1'-0" 1.42 SEE CONTINUATION ON DRAWING E-40 IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION OBG NO. DATE REVISION INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL ENLARGED WEILL HALL ROUTING 1 FILE NO. 68695- E403 DATE MAY 2018 E-402 2 0 udd Electrical C:1Temp168695 SEE CONTINUATION ON DRAWING E-403 CONTROL CIRCUIT PULL BOX JB -10 LIGHT POLE (E) 1 11 1 I II I(I - CORE DRILL AND SEAL WITH ROXTEC RS CONDUIT SEALS OR EQUAL CONTROL CIRCUITS PULL BOX JB -9 PULL BOX JB -8 TERMINATION CABINET PROPOSED TERMINATION CABINET EXTENSION ENCLOSURE GENERAL NOTES: 1. LABEL ALL SPARE CONDUITS AND JUNCTION BOXES WHERE SPARE CONDUITS ENTER. 2. REFER TO DRAWING E-502 FOR TERMINATION CABINET EXTENSION DETAILS. 3. REFER TO E-402 FOR PULL BOX SCHEDULE INSTALLATION NOTES: LOUVERS WEILL HALL GENERATOR TRANSITION TO (4) 4" FLEX CONDUITS GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL BOX PROVIDE HOUSE KEEPING PAD, REFER TO DRAWING E-501 EQUIPMENT PAD DETAIL ON CONCRETE SLAB. PROVIDE HOUSE KEEPING PAD, REFER TO DRAWING E-501 EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT PAD DETAIL. PROVIDE UNISTRUT CHANNEL SUPPORTS, ANCHORED TO WALL TO SUPPORT PULL BOX. USE CAUTION WHEN EXCAVATING IN THIS AREA AS THERE ISA SUB GRADE BASEMENT. LOAD BANK CONTROL PANEL PROPOSED SWITCHBOARD 480/277V 1600A REFER TO E-502 FOR GENERATOR PENETRATION DETAIL 1-112" CONTROL CONDUIT LOUVERS 31-6" CLEAR CLEAR WORK `PACE 5O E-504 PULL BOX JB -11 1 111 SITE LIGHTING- 111111 01111 POWER CONDUITS SHALL TERMINATE AT EACH SIDE OF WALL AND BE SUPPORTED WITHIN 3'-0" CORE DRILL AND SEAL WITH ROXTEC RS CONDUIT SEALS OR EQUAL SITE LIGHTING POWER CONDUITS MOUNTED TO WALL -SITE LIGHTING LIGHT POLE (E) WALK WAY 24" CHW (4'-0" BELOW GRADE --24" CHW (4'-0" BELOW GRADE 24" CHW 4" CH 4" HW �t --24"CHWT -2.4KV DUCT BANK (2-0" BELOW GRADE) EPIC (3'-6" BELOW GRADE) 7, 2.4KV DUCT BANK SAW TAND _REPAIR CONCRETE WALKWAY'., TO ORIG , L CONDITIONS -SP INKLER (4' O" BELOW GRADE P SAW CUT AND REPAIR CONCRET TO ORIGINAL CONDITIONS ..ALKWAY CP - PROPOSED DUCT BANK" -- -8" ST - PROPOSED DUCT BANK SII SEE CONTINUATION ON DRAWING E-103 8" ST - -8" ST - 8" ST BARTELS HALL ENLARGED WEILL HALL GENERATOR PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 4' 2' 0 2' 4' IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOP ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT' THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION OBG NO. DATE REVISION INT. „ O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC PLAN NORTH LYNAH RINK CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL. ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL ENLARGED GENERATOR PLAN FILE NO. 68695- E402 DATE MAY 2018 0 433 w C 8 01 CO 9 a.E REFER TO E-103 FOR CONTINUATION LYNAH RINK PULL BOX GRAVEL FIRE RATED SEALANT - AROUND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS 11 11 11 11 RISER ON OUTSIDE OF BUILDING STAIR CONCRETE WALKWAY FIRE RATED SEALANT AROUND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS TRANSFORMER VAULT (BELOW GRADE) EXISTING CONDUITS r; PULL BOX CONDUIT ABOVE GRADE IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUME BARTELS H 1/8" _ 1'-0" 8' ORMAL POWER FEED BARTELS HALL MAIN SWITCHBOARD (E) CONTROL CONDUIT FIRE PUMP TRANSFER SWITCH EXI NDERGROUND GOND F GENERATOR (FEEDER Leh ONTROLS) CONDUIT STUB -UP LOCATION EDP 480/277V 225A 30-4W PLAN NORTH TALLATION PLAN THIS DRAWING WAS ,° RED AT r ICATED. INACCURACIES IN THE SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED INGS ARE R ,, CED BY ANY MEANS. ETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 r FOR CONSTRUCTION OBG NO DATE REVISION INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC ALL WORK SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IS CONSIDERED FUTURE AND SHALL NOT BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID. FOR REFERENCE ONLY CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 BACKFILL MATERIAL WARNING TAPE INSTALLATION NOTES: SAW CUT CONCRETE WALKWAY AND ROUTE CONDUITS INTO TRANSFORMER VAULT BELOW GRADE, REPAIR CONCRETE TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES WHEN COMPLETE. INSTALL ATS IN LOCATION SHOWN. UTILIZE EXISTING CONDUITS. FULL HEIGHT FLOOR MOUNTED ENCLOSURE WITH HINGED DOOR (NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE). (72"H x 36"W x 30"D) FINISHED GRADE, CONCRETE 1-1/2" CONDUIT 2" CONDUIT 4" CONDUIT MOLDED PLASTIC SPACERS (2" MINIMUM BETWEEN. CONDUITS) SAND ENCASEMENT 2" MINIMUM DUCTBANK SECTION NOT TO SCALE BARTELS HALL AREA OF WORK KEY PLAN NOT TO SCALE ELECTRICAL BARTELS HALL INSTALLATION PLAN PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION DATE: 05/04/2018 FILE NO. 68695- E104 DATE MAY 2018 E-104 2 ri. cu E 1" POWER CONDUIT 1-112" CONTROL CONDUIT PROPOSED 15KVA XFMR ATS (E) SWITCHBOARD 1200A 120/208V (E) JB -12 - 10'-0"AFF XFMR — 500KVA 480V -120/208V (E) SERVICE DISCONNECT 480V 600A (E) U 1" POWER CONDUIT 1-1/2" CONTROL CONDUIT ii ROUTE ON CONDUITS EXISTING CONDUIT RACK APROX. 12'-0"AFF _._. 73' 1" ROXTEC RS CONDUIT PORTALS OR EQUAL (2) 3" CONDUITS (NOT IN CONTRACT) EM -1(E) MTS 480V 600A 30"W x 90"H x 24"D (NOT IN CONTRACT) CEILING 90"AFF It (2) 3" CONDUITS NOT IN CONTRACT) IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION REFER TO E-401 FOR CONTINUATION 111 CONCOURSE 111 CONDUITS TO DROP DOWN AND SURFACE MOUNTED IN CORRIDOR B-1 LYNAH RINK INSTALLATION PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" OBG NO. DATE REVISION INT. 8' 4° 0 8' I- — O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS ° INC PLAN NORTH INSTALLATION NOTES: ROUTE CONDUIT ALONG JOIST (NOT IN CONTRACT) 2" FEEDER CONDUIT 1-1/2" CONTROL CONDUIT (FROM BARTELS HALL) (NOT IN CONTRACT) GENERAL NOTES: SAW CUT CONCRETE FLOOR IN CORRIDOR 1. AND ROUTE CONDUITS OUTSIDE OF BUILDING BELOW GRADE. REPAIR CONCRETE TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES WHEN COMPLETE. CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 REFER TO E-104 FOR CONTINUATION COORDINATE WITH CORNELL UNIVERSITY CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ENTERING OR PERFORMING ANY WORK IN MECHANICAL RM. G0062. THIS ROOM CONTAINS AN ANHYDROUS AMMONIA REFRIGERATION SYSTEM. 2. LABEL ALL SPARE CONDUITS AND JUNCTION BOXES WHERE SPARE CONDUITS ENTER. ELECTRICAL LYNAH RINK INSTALLATION PLAN FILE NO. 68695- El 03 DATE MAY 2018 E-103 SEE E -1O1 FOR CONTINUATION GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL PROPOSED RACEWAY,. RACEWAY FITTINGS, SUPPORT RACKS AND PULL BOXES LOCATED IN THE WEILL HALL TUNNEL SHALL BE PAINTED WHITE TO MATCH EXISTING UTILITY CORRIDORS. ate! Y0110110I 1100100! -! - !!l 01/011/0 !✓_ 000010 l 0011000 Oil -1 01101100. l 11111101! 001110100! WEILL HALL lidOCCA 0. 00100l.0S AREA OF WORK SOYA PLAN NORTH OVERALL INSTALLATION PLAN 1" = 20'-0" 20' 10' 0 20' IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. KEY PLAN NOT TO SCALE E ry 0 IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC REVISION INT„ CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL FILE NO. 68695- El 02 WEILL HALL OVERALL INSTALLATION PLAN DATE MAY 2018 E-102 SAVED: 5/16/2018 3:3918 PM SUPPLY AIR LOUVERS REFER TO DRAWING M -10i SEAL WITH ROXTEC RS SERIES 4" CONDUIT 1-1/2" CONDUIT APROX. 8'-6"AFF TUNNEL TO BIOTECH BUILDING REFER TO E-102 FOR CONTINUATION EPLE1-6 (E) EPLE1-4 (E) (15KVA XFMR BELOW) EDPHE1-1 (E) PROPOSED CONTROL CIRCUIT (1-1/2" CONDUIT) PROPOSED FEEDER (4" CONDUIT) ASCO ATS (E) 017 0001 1019 JUNCTION BOX (E) 30KVA ;XFMR (E) SUPPORT CONDUITS :1-- APPROX. 8* -6* AFF 74 MOUNT PULL BOX TO WALL SUPPORT CONDUITS FROM CHANNEL SUPPORT RACK IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPH!C SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M, JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON .., 0007Z JANITORS STORAGE 'BELOW GRADE 0 05/16/ SSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION NO. DATE REVISION OBG INT. ; 1 1; 1 I 1 „ 1 RACEWAY SYSTEM CAN BE CONSTRUTED TO THIS POINT PRIOR TO THE REMOVAL OF CORSON MUDD GENERATOR AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES tr O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC - JUNCTION BOX TO CWP'S (E) 1 El 00UB EXHAUST LOUVER REFER TO M-101 - EXHAUST PLENUM I REFER TO M-101 PROPOSED LOCATION OF CONDUITS TO LIMIT PENETRATION THROUGH CONCETE SUPPORT BEAM SEAL WITH ROXTEC RS SERIES ABANDON EXHAUST DUCT (BELOW GRADE) ABANDON PIPING (BELOW GRADE) CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN: INSTALL SWITCHBOARD AND FINISH ALL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THE WEILL HALL GENERATOR AREA (EXCEPT FOR CABLE AND FINAL TERMINATIONS). 2. TRENCH AND INSTALL CONDUIT, BACKFILL, REPAIR SURFACES BETWEEN WEILL HALL AND THE GENERATOR PIT. SEAL WALL PENETRATIONS. 3. INSTALL CONDUIT IN WEILL HALL TUNNEL, UP TO CORSON MUDD GENERATOR RM, REMOVE LOUVER AND DAMPERS IN GENERATOR RM, SOUTHWEST WALL. 4. INSTALL PORTABLE GENERATOR AND ROUTE CABLES THROUGH WESTERN -MOST GRATE (RM. G0075), TRAIN THROUGH WALL OPENING WHERE LOUVERS WERE PREVIOUSLY LOCATED. 5. DE -TERMINATE EXISTING "EM" CABLES IN ATS. TERMINATE CABLES FROM PORTABLE GENERATOR. 6. REMOVE EASTERN GRATE (RM. G0074) WHCH WILL BE USED TO REMOVE GENERATOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 7. REMOVE EAST LOUVER AND ASSOCIATED EXHAUST PLENUM. 8. DRAIN FUEL AND DEMOLISH FUEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 9. DISCONNECT CONDUIT, FUEL LINES, AND DUCT WORK ASSOCIATED WITH GENERATOR. 10. DISASSEMBLE GENERATOR AND REMOVE PIECES THROUGH GRATING WITH CRANE. 11. DEMOLISH GENERATOR PAD. 12. INSTALL CONDUIT UP TO ATS. 13. PULL CABLE AND TEST. TERMINATE CABLE TO ATS AND WEILL GENERATOR SWITCHBOARD AFTER SUCCESSFUL TESTING. 14. DETERMINATE CABLE FROM PORTABLE GENERATOR, AND REMOVE GENERATOR FROM SITE. 15. INSTALL LOUVERS, REPAIR WALLS. 16. INSTALL DUCT WORK. 17. REPLACE GRATING TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. CORSON MUDD GENERATOR ROOM INSTALLATION PLAN 3/8" = 1'-0" 3 2' 1' 0 1' 2' 3' CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 PLAN NORTH E ECTR CAL GENERAL NOTES: 1, REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ON E-601 FOR MORE DETAIL. 2. PROVIDE A PORTABLE GENERATOR FOR THE PERIOD OF TIME REQUIRED TO TRANSITION CORSON MUDD FROM THE EXISTING GENERATOR TO THE WEILL HALL GENERATOR. GENERATOR SHALL BE LOCATED AT GROUND LEVEL. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CABLING BETWEEN GENERATOR AND ATS IN BASEMENT. 3. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL SECTIONS. 4. REFER TO E-402 FOR PULL BOX SCHEDULE. INSTALLATION NOTES: REFEED EXISTING ATS WITH FEEDER ROUTED TO WEILL HALL GENERATOR. KEY PLAN CORSON MUDD INSTALLATION PLAN NOT TO SCALE FILE NO. 68695- E101 DATE MAY 2018 E-101 LU DALE CORSON HALL SEELEY MUDD HALL MIIIMINY OIMINIM MM. 111"10101161. SITE LIMIT LINES FROM COMSTOCK ROOF AND MASONRY PROJECT ACTIVE UNTIL AUGUST 2018 WEILL HALL COMSTOCK HALL BIOTECHNOLOGY FUEL TANK REMOVAL - TEMPORARY FENCE DURING EXCAVATION OF TANK AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. AREA SHALL BE RESTORED TO CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBILITY AND INCLUDE. APPROPRIATE DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES GRADING SHALL MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS \ PROJECT MUST \ MAINTAIN FIRE TRUCK ACCESS AT ALL TIMES MINION 111111111111111, 1111.11111. 411, $11000111. ro...-....,.i . ammo. .:;.� LOCATION OF PROPOSED LOAD BANK. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FENCING ACROSS SIDEWALK FOR THE DURATION OF TRENCHING AND EXPOSED TRENCH TO THE WEILL GENERATOR LYNAH RINK BARTELS HALL TEAGLE HALL 111111111111) PLAN NORTH OVERALL SITE PLAN IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS, USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 05/16/18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION NO. DATE REVISION OBG INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL OVERALL SITE &LOGISTICS PLAN FILE NO. 68695- E001 DATE MAY 2018 E-002 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS SYMBOL XA °NI AT ° AF ONE -LINE DIAGRAMS DESCRIPTION METERING DEVICES: A -AMMETER, V -VOLTMETER, PF -POWER FACTOR, HZ -FREQUENCY METER FUSE, SIZE AS INDICATED GROUND CONNECTION TRANSFORMER (DELTA - WYE) CURRENT TRANSFORMER POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER MOTOR STARTER CONTACTOR AND OVERLOAD RELAY, FVNR UON DISCONNECT SWITCH CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH RATINGS AS INDICATED CIRCUIT BREAKER - DRAW OUT LINE REACTOR LOAD FILTER ATS - AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS POWER YMBOL DESCRIPTION CB EPO NEMA 4X JP PANELBOARD TRANSFORMER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH - FUSED COMBINATION DISCONNECT SWITCH/MOTOR STARTER JUNCTION BOX PULL BOX ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER EMERGENCY POWER OFF SWITCH ELECTRICAL PULLBOX DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (15 AMP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) NEMA 4X RECEPTACLE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TYPE RECEPTACLE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TYPE RECEPTACLE WITHIN WEATHER-PROOF WHILE IN USE BOX BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME RUN MINIMUM 2#12, 1# 12G, 3/4"C UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. GROUNDING SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 3/4" X 10' COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD GROUND GRID TEST WELL EXOTHERMIC WELD CONNECTION (BELOW GROUND) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS; 1. ALL WORK DESIGNATED AS "NOT IN CONTRACT" SHALL NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. 2. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT TO KEEP ALL FACILITIES OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. A. B. C. D. E. F. SYMBOL lim1111110 ONO. 4111111i11., ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS GENERAL DESCRIPTION DRAWING NOTE NUMBER 2 POINT OF CONNECTION DEMOLITION LINE TYPE EXISTING PROPOSED ELECTRICAL WORK PROPOSED UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK FUTURE ELECTRICAL WORK THIS INCLUDES THE PROCUREMENT OF A PORTABLE GENERATOR SIZED APPROPRIATELY TO CARRY THE STANDBY LOADS OF CORSON MUDD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RIG AND SET THE GENERATOR IN PLACE AND MAINTAIN APPROPRIATE CLEARANCES FOR ARE ACCESS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES TO KEEP THE PORTABLE GENERATOR OPERATIONAL, INCLUDING A CONTINOUS FUEL SUPPLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CLEAR DROP ZONE AND LAY DOWN AREA TO REMOVE THE EXISTING GENERATOR LOCATED IN THE CORSON MUDD BASEMENT WHILE THE PORTABLE GENERATOR IS IN OPERATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL CABLE NECESSARY, AND PROTECT THE CABLE FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. ONCE CORSON MUDD IS CONNECTED TO THE WEILL HALL GENERATOR, AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL TEMPORARY POWER INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DISPOSAL OF FUEL, REMOVAL OF THE PORTABLE GENERATOR, REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY CABLING, AND REPAIR OF ANY SURFACES DAMAGED . COORDINATION WITH MILTON CAT A. IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS, THE CON- RACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH MILTON CAT PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. B. ENGAGE A MILTON CAT FACTORY -AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO INSPECT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THE PROPOSED TERMINATION CABINET, THE POWER CABLE TERMINATIONS, AND THE CONTROL S!ONAL TERMINATIONS AT THE GENERATOR CONTROLLER AND AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES IN LYNAH RINK AND CORSON MUDD. C. ENGAGE A MILTON CAT FACTORY -AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE FOR THE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM TESTING, AS OUTLINED IN SPECIFICATIONS 26 2816. THE CONTRACTOR AND MILTON CAT SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN TEST PROCEDURE FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONDUCTING THE OPERATIONAL TEST. IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON, THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED AT THE SCALE INDICATED. UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A INACCURACIES IN THE STATED SCALE MAY BE INTRODUCED LICENSED ENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. WHEN DRAWINGS ARE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS. USE THE GRAPHIC SCALE BAR TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL SCALE. IN CHARGE OF E. MILES DESIGNED BY M. WHALON CHECKED BY M. JONES DRAWN BY M. WHALON 0 NO. ©5/16/18 DATE ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION REVISION OBG INT. O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS A, AMP AC AIC AF AT ATS AWG C CEP CKT CPT CU DISC DS E,EMERG EMT (E) FDR FLA FMC FU FVR FVNR G, GND GFI GFR GRS HV HZ IC I/O IMC IT JB KCMIL KV KVA KVAR KW KWH LFMC mA MCB MCP MH MLO NC NO OL (#)P 0, PH PF PFCC PL PLC PT RGSC RLA RMC RMS RSC RVAT SC SWBD SWGR TSP UTP V VA VFD W XFMR -AMPERE -ALTERNATING CURRENT -AMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITY -AMP FRAME -AMP TRIP -AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH -AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE -CONDUIT -CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD -CIRCUIT -CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER -COPPER -DISCONNECT -DISCONNECT SWITCH -EMERGENCY -ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING -EXISTING -FEEDER -FULL LOAD AMPERES -FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT -FUSED OR FUSIBLE -FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING -FULL VOLTAGE NON -REVERSING -GROUND -GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER -GROUND FAULT RELAY -GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT -HIGH VOLTAGE -HERTZ -INTERRUPTING CAPACITY -INPUT/OUTPUT -INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT -INSTANTANEOUS TRIP OR INTERCHANGEABLE -JUNCTION BOX. -THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS -KILOVOLTS -KILOVOLT AMPERES -KILOVOLT AMPERES REACTIVE -KILOWATTS -KILOWATT HOUR -LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT -MILLIAMPS -MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER -MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR -MANHOLE -MAIN LUGS ONLY -NORMALLY CLOSED -NORMALLY OPEN -OVERLOAD -(#) NUMBER OF POLES -PHASE. -POWER FACTOR -POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITOR -PILOT LIGHT -PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER -POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER -RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT -RUNNING LOAD AMPERES -RIGID METAL CONDUIT -ROOT MEAN SQUARE -RIGID STEEL CONDUIT -REDUCED VOLTAGE AUTO TRANSFORMER -SURGE CAPACITOR -SWITCHBOARD -SWITCHGEAR -TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR -UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR - VOLTS -VOLT -VOLT - AMPERES -VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE -WATTS, WIRE -TRANSFORMER CONTRACT NOTES: 1. CONDUIT ROUTINGS SHOWN ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY, ROUTE CONDUITS BASED ON ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND IN COORDINATION WITH ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT BEING INSTALLED. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, LOCAL CODES, AND THE OWNER'S ELECTRICAL STANDARDS. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH THE OTHER TRADES, TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. THIS IS A STANDARD SYMBOL LIST, SOME SYMBOLS MAY NOT APPEAR ON THE ACCOMPANYING DRAWINGS. 3. 4. 5. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGE CAUSED BY THEIR OPERATIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES WHICH ARE NOT INCLUDED AS PART OF THE INTENDED WORK. ALL DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING FACILITIES WHICH ARE NOT A PART OF THE. INTENDED WORK SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THEIR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS WITH ANY AND ALL OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WHICH MAY BE OCCURRING SIMULTANEOUSLY IN THE VICINITY OF THE SITE. LACK OF COORDINATION ON THE CONTRACTOR'S PART RESULTING IN EXTRA WORK OR SCHEDULE DELAYS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A CHANGE ORDER. 7. EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION IS PRESENTED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. DIMENSIONS MAY VARY ACCORDING TO THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SELECTED AND FIELD VARIATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE INSTALLED EQUIPMENT MAINTAINS ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR OPERATIONAL ACCESS AND SERVICE AND SHALL MAINTAIN ANY CLEARANCES REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS THAT AFFECT THE WORK DESCRIBED HEREIN. 9. THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE INTENDED TO INDICATE THE WORK NEEDED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND READY -FOR -OPERATION INSTALLATION. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE INTENDED TO GUIDE THE CONTRACTOR. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EVERY DETAIL OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OR NEW INSTALLATIONS, NOR DO THEY DESCRIBE EVERY FITTING REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. 10. "PROVIDE" SHALL MEAN "FURNISH AND INSTALL" AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, HARDWARE, MOUNTS, LABOR, RIGGING, SUBCONTRACTS, ETC., THAT RESULT IN A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL JOB. MINOR ITEMS TO FINISH THE WORK SUCH AS PATCHING, BLOCKING, TRIM, TOUCH-UP PAINT, ETC. SHALL BE PROVIDED WHETHER OR NOT INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 11. 12. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH PROVIDING SUBSTITUTES. "SUBSTITUTES" SHALL INCLUDE ACCEPTABLE. ALTERNATES, ALTERNATES TO THE SCOPE OF WORK, OR ANY MODIFICATIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THE BASE -BID DESIGN. THE ASSOCIATED COSTS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO REDESIGN & ENGINEERING COSTS, CHANGES CAUSED TO INERRELATED SYSTEMS SUCH AS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, WIRING, AND CONNECTIONS, CHANGES TO MOUNTING SYSTEMS OR STRUCTURES, REROUTING OF INTERFERENCES, ETC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE NOTICES, OBTAIN ALL PERMITS, PAY ALL FEES AND COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE WORK. SITE SAFETY SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE WORK AREA IN A STATE FREE FROM HAZARDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS, FOLLOW SAFE WORKING PRACTICES, AND MAINTAIN THE SITE AND ADJACENT AREAS SAFE FOR WORKERS, INSPECTORS, AND FACILITY PERSONNEL 14. IF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE DEEMS THAT ANY UNSAFE CONDITION APPEARS TO EXIST, THE OWNER HAS THE RIGHT TO STOP ALL WORK. ANY STOP -WORK ORDER BY THE OWNER BECAUSE OF POTENTIALLY UNSAFE CONDITIONS SHALL NOT BE USED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO DELAY THE WORK SCHEDULE, INCREASE THE CONTRACT VALUE, OR AVOID ANY LIQUIDATED -DAMAGE PENALTIES ASSOCIATED WITH THE WORK OR TO MAKE A CLAIM AGAINST THE OWNER OR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. THE OWNER REQUIRES ACCESS TO AND AROUND AREAS OF THE BUILDINGS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO AREAS OF THE WORK. ALL WORK MUST BE CONDUCTED IN A MANNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION OF NORMAL FACILITY OPERATIONS. SAFE AND DIRECT ENTRANCE TO AND FROM THE EXISTING BUILDINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES WHILE CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND TOOLS SHALL BE STORED IN AREAS DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER. THE OWNER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S SHIPPING, DELIVERY OR SECURITY ISSUES RELATED TO MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, OR TOOL STORAGE. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE SITE IN A NEAT, ORDERLY AND SAFE CONDITION AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. THE SITE AND BUILDING SHALL BE MADE AS SECURE AS POSSIBLE SO AS TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY AND ACTIVITY, ATTENTION SHALL BE GIVEN TO WEATHER PROTECTION, INCLUDING UNCONDITIONED AIR FILTRATION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 19. ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE. ANY ELECTRICAL MATERIAL REMOVED MUST HAVE THE CONTRACTOR OVERSIGHT AND SIGNED DOCUMENTATION OF MATERIALS REMOVED SUBMITTED TO THE UNIVERSITY. NO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS ARE TO BE REMOVED/TRANSPORTED FROM UNIVERSITY PREMISES BY THE CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR IN PERSONAL VEHICLES. 20. DISPOSAL OF ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE & LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE RECORDS OF PROPER DISPOSAL, WHICH SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE UPON THEIR REQUEST. 21. ANY WORK REQUIRING A SHUT -DOWN OF GAS, ELECTRIC, STEAM, OR WATER UTILITIES SHALL BE SCHEDULED 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE. ALL OUTAGES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE FACILITIES. 22. THE FACILITIES OPERATE THROUGH THE ENTIRE YEAR. ALL SHUT -DOWNS THAT REQUIRE THE LOSS OF UTILITIES TO THE FACILITY'S SHALL BE LIMITED TO PERIODS & DURATIONS AS SPECIFIED BY THE FACILITY'S. THE CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL ANTICIPATE AND INCLUDE THE NECESSARY WEEKEND/MIDNIGHT PREMIUM TIME TO ACCOMPLISH ALL SHUT -DOWN WORK WITHIN THE LIMITATIONS OF MAINTAINING CONTINUOUS SERVICE TO THE FACILITY'S. 23. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AWARENESS OF THE FACILITY'S SHUT -DOWN RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS. ANY WORK SCHEDULING PROBLEMS CAUSED BY SHUT -DOWN RESTRICTIONS BY THE FACILITY'S SHALL NOT BE CAUSE FOR CLAIM OR DELAY BY THE CONTRACTOR. CORNELL UNIVERSITY CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ITHACA, NY 14850 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS FILE NO. 68695- E001 DATE MAY 2018 E-001 SITE LOCATION NOT TO SCALE 0 E w 1- 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SO E ERGE CY GENERATOR IN 1ERCCNECT WIT WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY MAY 2018 O'BRIEN & GERE ENGINEERS, INC. NO. SHEET NAME G-001 COVER SHEET GENERAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION REV REV DATE 0 05/16/18 NO. SHEET NAME REV REV DATE ED -101 CORSON MUDD DEMOLITION PLAN 0 05/16/18 ED -102 BIOTECH DEMOLITION PLAN 0 05/16/18 ED -103 LYNAH RINK DEMOLITION PLAN 0 05/16/18 ED -104 BARTELS HALL DEMOLITION PLAN (NOT IN CONTRACT) 0 05/16/18 ELECTRICAL NO. SHEET NAME REV REV DATE E-001 GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS 0 05/16/18 E-002 OVERALL SITE & LOGISTICS PLAN 0 05/16/18 E-101 CORSON MUDD INSTALLATION PLAN 0 05/16/18 E-102 WEILL HALL OVERALL INSTALLATION PLAN 0 05/16/18 E-103 LYNAH RINK INSTALLATION PLAN 0 05/16/18 E-104 BARTELS HALL INSTALLATION PLAN (NOT IN CONTRACT) 0 05/16/18 E-401 ENLARGED GENERATOR PLAN 0 05/16/18 E-402 ENLARGED WEILL HALL ROUTING 1 0 05/16/18 E-403 ENLARGED WEILL HALL ROUTING 2 0 05/16/18 E-404 ENLARGED BIOTECH SITE PLAN 0 05/16/18 E-501 SECTIONS AND DETAILS 0 05/16/18 E-502 PENETRATION DETAILS 0 05/16/18 E-503 GENERATOR TERMINATION DETAILS 0 05/16/18 E-504 GENERATOR PIT SECTION 0 05/16/18 E-601 ONE -LINE DIAGRAM 0 05/16/18 E-701 GENERATOR I/O RISER DIAGRAM 0 05/16/18 MECHANICAL NO. SHEET NAME REV REV DATE MD -101 CORSON MUDD DEMOLITION PLAN 0 05/16/18 M-101 CORSON MUDD INSTALLATION PLAN 0 05/16/18 M-501 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 0 05/16/18 STRUCTURAL NO. SHEET NAME REV REV DATE S-001 GENERAL NOTES 0 05/16/18 S-101 PLANS - CORSON MUDD 0 05/16/18 S-102 PLANS - BARTELS HALL (NOT IN CONTRACT) 0 05/16/18 S-301 SECTIONS & DETAILS - CORSON MUDD 0 05/16/18 S-302 SECTIONS & DETAILS - BARTELS HALL (NOT IN CONTRACT) 0 05/16/18 IT IS A VIOLATION OF LAW FOR ANY PERSON UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT. COVER SHEET 68695. G001 CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL Project Manual & Specifications May 16,2018 Owner Cornell University Ithaca, NY 14853 Architect OBG 18 Link Drive Binghamton, NY 13902 CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL Page 1 Instructions to Bidders Bid Form General Conditions and Exhibits DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Summary of the Work Section 01 14 00 Work Restrictions Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options Section 01 31 19 Project Meetings Section 01 31 50 Electronic Project Management Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 35 29 General Health & Safety Section 01 35 43 General Environmental Requirements Section 01 35 44 Spill Control Section 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements Section 01 42 00 References Section 01 45 00 Quality Control Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities Section 01 51 23 Heat during Construction Section 01 66 00 Storage and Protection Section 01 71 23 Field Engineering Section 01 73 29 Cutting, Patching and Repairing Section 01 77 00 Project Close Out Section 01 78 22 Fixed Equipment Inventory Section 01 78 23 Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 36 Warranties and Bonds Section 01 78 39 Record Documents DIVISION 02 — EXISTING CONDITIONS Section 02 65 00 Underground Storage Tank Removal DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL Section 26 00 00 Electrical General Section 26 05 19 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems Section 26 22 13 Low -Voltage Distribution Transformers Section 26 24 16 Panelboards Section 26 32 13.11 Engine -Generator Load Test Bank CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TABLE OF CONTENTS GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL DIVISION 31— EARTHWORK Section 31 01 01 Section 31 05 14 Section 31 23 33 Earthwork Select Fill Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section 32 01 00 DRAWING LIST G-001 Electrical Drawings: Restoration of Surfaces Title Sheet and Drawing List ED -101 Corson Mudd Demolition Plan ED -102 Biotech Demolition Plan ED -103 Lynah Rink Demolition Plan ED -104 Bartels Hall Demolition Plan (Not in Contract) E-001 General Notes, Symbols & Abbreviations E-002 Overall Site & Logistics Plan E-101 Corson Mudd Installation Plan E-102 Weill Hall Overall Installation Plan E-103 Lynah Rink Installation Plan E-104 Bartels Hall Installation Plan (Not in Contract) E-401 Enlarged Generator Plan E-402 Enlarged Weill Hall Routing 1 E-403 Enlarged Weill Hall Routing 2 E-404 Enlarged Biotech Site Plan E-501 Sections and Details E-502 Penetration Details E-503 Generator Termination Details E-504 Generator Pit Section E-601 One -line Diagram E-701 Generator I/0 Riser Diagram Mechanical Drawings: MD -101 M-101 M-501 Corson Mudd Demolition Plan Corson Mudd Installation Plan Schedules and Details Page 2 CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITI WEILL HALL Page 3 Structural Drawing: S-001 General Notes S-101 Plans— Corson Mudd S-102 Plans - Bartels Hall (Not in Contract) S-301 Sections & Details — Corson Mudd S-302 Sections & Details Bartels Hall (Not in Contract) END OF DOCUMENT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project: Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect with Weill Hall Owner: Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect: O'Brien & Gere Engineers, Inc. 18 Link Drive Binghamton, New York 13902 1. PROPOSAL FORMS a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer. 2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. 3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be addressed to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Proposal for: Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect with Weill Hall Submitted by: (Bidder) b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than 2:OOPM on June 20, 2018. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -1 4. BID OPENING a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room 102C, Humphreys Service Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in 3b. The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto. 5. BIDDING DOCUMENTS a. The Bidding Documents will consist of the following: Instructions to Bidders. Bid Form. General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements". Drawings and Specifications. Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals. 6. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website (http://finance.fs.comell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm ). For assistance, call 607-255-5343. b. Printed sets of bid documents will be available at $40 per set without refund. No partial sets will be issued. Electronic access to the bid documents including addendums may be obtained for a non-refundable fee of $99 at the requestor's option. All Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner. c. At the request of the successful bidder, Cornell will provide up to five (5) printed sets of drawings and specifications. 7. START OF WORK a. Work at the site shall be started within ten (10) calendar days from the date of issuance of written authorization to proceed and shall be achieve substantial completion of the project no later than December 5, 2018. b. The construction schedule is critical. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur. 8. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -2 b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 8a above. 9. AWARD OF CONTRACT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the entire project. All labor, services, materials, supplies, etc. shall be provided in accordance with the Contract. b. Award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder submitting the lowest responsive and responsible bid who, in the opinion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the work. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. Contract award shall be subject to approval of Cornell University's Contractors Qualification Statement. d. All Proposals shall be irrevocable until contract award, unless the bid is withdrawn. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. 10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract. b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents. c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -3 11. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to the Architect. Inquiries received by the deadline established at the pre-bid conference will be given consideration. 12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 10:00AM, June 6, 2018, in Room 133 of the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum. 13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually. b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces. c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors. 14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 15. UNIT PRICES a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -4 16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. An abbreviated "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form. b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. The complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract. 17. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the space provided in the Bid Form. 18. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference. 19. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub -surface conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub -surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub -surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by him. 20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -5 21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes. 22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax-exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. 23. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS a. Provide with Bid Proposal: (1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening (2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder (3) List of Proposed Subcontractors (4) Abbreviated Schedule of Values (5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices (6) Completion of Milestone Schedule, if applicable (7) Bid Security b. Within fourteen days after bid opening: (1) MWBE Utilization Plan (2) Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan (3) Contractor's Qualification Statement, if requested c. Execution of Contract: Insurance Certificate Performance Bond Labor and Material Payment Bond Schedule of Work (bar chart) Federal Tax Identification Number END OF SECTION INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -6 CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID FORM Submitted by: Date To: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Gentlemen: The undersigned, a (Name of Bidder) (Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable) of (Address) having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated May 16, 2018 prepared by O'Brien & Gere Engineers, Inc. 18 Link Drive, Binghamton, New York 13902, Engineer as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the following considerations: 1. BASE BID a. All work complete, for the sum of for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS. BID FORM BF -1 2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will result in neither an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates. c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or the Owner and Contractor may agree to all of the following Alternate Proposals within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as. Alternate No. Description NONE ADD DEDUCT 3. MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (M/WBEs) a. The undersigned shall, if awarded the Contract, endeavor to include both Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprises participation and to demonstrate a "good faith effort" with respect to these requirements. Goals shall be as follows: • A goal of 2.7% for Minority -Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs. • A goal of 1.8% for Women -Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from WBEs. BID FORM BF -2 4. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within ten (10) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to achieve substantial completion of the project no later than December 5, 2018. b. The construction schedule is critical. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur. 5. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions: (1) The Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors" prior to the award of the Contract, and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3) names. c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision. Demolition RemediationfUnderground Fuel Tank Removal Electrical BID FORM BF -3 Mechanical Concrete/Paving Site Preparation/Landscape Masonry BID FORM BF -4 6. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces directly employed by the undersigned: b* If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Project Manager will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Superintendent will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. 7. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. Such schedule shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 15, 1.3, A. 8. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be furnished by (Name of Surety) b. Bonding Rate for Change Orders. c. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $ (10% of Bid Amount) is attached to this Bid. BID FORM BF -5 9. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum. b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work included under Alternate Proposals and to General Contractor's costs for General Conditions shall be excluded. Spec Section Trades and/or Subdivision Value Included in Base Bid Division 1 General Requirements Division 2 Existing Conditions Division 26 Electrical Division 31 Earthwork Division 32 Exterior Improvements Total Bid $ BID FORM BF -6 10. SUBSTITUTIONS a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. d. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. Item and Specification Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material BID FORM BF -7 11. ACCEPTANCE a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall be irrevocable until contract award, unless the bid is withdrawn. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding process. b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. c. The undersigned further agrees to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds pursuant to Section 7 herein upon execution of Agreement in e -Builder. d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. e. It is understood and agreed that award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder submitting the lowest responsive and responsible bid who, in the opinion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the work. BID FORM BF -8 12. ADDENDUM RECEIPT a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications is acknowledged: Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: By: Title: Business Address: (Bidder) 131D FORM BF -9 CERTIFICATE OF NON -COLLUSION By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices that have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor. c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. Dated: By: Title: (Bidder) BID FORM BF -10 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER 1, General Contractors; that behalf of the bidder was then certify that I am the of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for , who signed said Bid Form on of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. Dated: (Secretary -Clerk) (CORPORATE SEAL) BID FORM BF -11 Contract Award State Approval Process Start Construction Construction Complete Notes: OWNER'S E r ';LIEST ST T July 9, 2018 July 16, 2018 MILESTONE SCHEDULE CORNELL UNIVERSITY PROJECT TITLE CONT CTOR'S SCHEDULED ST i ' T OWNER'S LATEST FINISH December 5, 2018 1. The Contractor shall complete this schedule and submit with the bid. CONT'' CTOR'S SCHEDULED FINISH BID FORM BF -12 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CORSON MUDD E'IERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK Rev 03.2018 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 Owner Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings Section 1.03 Order of Precedence ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2 Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2 Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2 Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3 Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3 Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4 Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4 Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4 Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5 Section 2.10 Meetings 5 Section 2.11 Related Work 5 Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5 Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5 Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6 Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6 ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6 Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6 Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7 Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7 Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged Work 7 Section 3.06 Acceptance 7 ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 Changes 8 Section 4.02 Claims for Extra Work 11 Section 4.03 Form of Change Orders 12 ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 Time of Completion 12 Rev 03.2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION Section 6.01 Termination for Cause 13 Section 6.02 Termination for Convenience of Owner 13 Section 6.03 Owner's Right to do Work 13 ARTICLE 7 DISPUTES Section 7.01 Disputes Procedure 14 ARTICLE 8 SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 Subcontracting 15 ARTICLE 9 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 Cooperation with Other Contractors 15 ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 Accidents and Accident Prevention 16 Section 10.02 Adjoining Property 17 Section 10.03 Emergencies 17 Section 10.04 Bonds 17 Section 10.05 Risks Assumed by the Contractor 18 Section 10.06 Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance 18 Section 10.07 Liability Insurance of the Owner 20 Section 10.08 Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards 20 Section 10.09 Effect of Procurement of Insurance 21 Section 10.10 No Third Party Rights 21 ARTICLE 11 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 Substantial Completion 21 Section 11.02 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 21 ARTICLE 12 PAYMENT Section 12.01 Provision of Payment 22 Section 12.02 Stored Materials & Equipment 23 Section 12.03 Retention 24 Section 12.04 Withholding Payments 24 Section 12.05 Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment 25 Section 12.06 Final Payment and Release 26 Rev 032018 ARTICLE 13 Section 13.01 ARTICLE 14 Section 14.01 ARTICLE 15 Section 15.01 Section 15.02 Section 15.03 Section 15.04 Section 15.05 Section 15.06 Section 15.07 ARTICLE 16 Section 16.01 Section 16.02 Section 16.03 Section 16.04 ARTICLE 17 ARTICLE 18 ARTICLE 19 ARTICLE 20 Section 20.01 Section 20.02 Section 20.03 ARTICLE 21 TABLE OF CONTENTS TAX EXEMPTION Tax Exemption GUARANTEE Guarantee STANDARD PROVISIONS Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Laws Governing the Contract Assignments No Third Party Rights Waiver of Rights of Owner Limitation on Actions Owner's Representative MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Definitions Participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises MWBE Utilization Plan Reports and Records ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ROYALTIES AND PATENTS CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Release of Information Confidential Information Use of Owner's Name Page 26 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 28 28 29 29 30 30 30 31 31 31 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 32 Rev 03.2018 EXHIBITS A Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Final Release C Guarantee D Form I MWBE Utilization Plan Form II Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report E Labor Rate Breakdown F Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation G Contractor Performance Evaluation iv Rev 03.2018 ARTICLE 1-- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University. C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided. D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern. Rev 03.2018 ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins -Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by Union labor. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary Work as may be required. C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise. Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name, catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 25 00. 2 Rev 03,2018 B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the Contract. D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time effective, responsive and competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing. B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. Rev 03.2018 Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the Owner's receipt of bids. B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the Work; B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work; C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed. D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said conflict to the Owner. 4 Rev 03.2018 B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs. Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias. B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing. C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. Section 2.10 - Meetings The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related Work The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the Work under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the Work. Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Rev 03.2018 Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 — Daily Reports The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: Name of Project Project Number Date of Report Weather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor Work/area and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc. ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 - Access to the Work The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided. 6 Rev 03.2018 Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by said removal or replacement. C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. 7 Rev 03.2018 ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: 1. By agreement with the Contractor. 2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup. (iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as - built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 8 Rev 032018 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. When submitting change orders, equipment which is common to the project scope at hand is expected to be previously paid for as overhead / general conditions to the project. Special rental equipment or tools not common to the project that are required to perform the change order will be accepted as additional costs. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. Mark-up Percentages 1. Work performed by the Contractor: Where the Work is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 2. Work performed by a Subcontractor: Where the change order work is performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs. 3. Work performed by a Sub -Subcontractor: Where work is performed by a Sub -Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub -Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. The maximum aggregate of all mark-up percentages may not exceed twenty five percent (25%). 4. No Markup on Bonds and Insurance Costs: Change Order cost adjustments due to increases or decreases in bond or insurance costs (if applicable) shall not be subject to any Markup Percentage. 5. Overtime Pay: No mark-up shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay. 9 Rev 03.20 I 8 6. Direct and Indirect Costs Covered by Markup Percentages: As a further clarification, the agreed upon Markup Percentage is intended to cover the Contractor's profit and all indirect costs and expenses associated with the change order work. Items intended to be covered by the Markup Percentage include, without limit: home office expenses, branch office and field office overhead expense of any kind; project management; superintendents, general foremen; estimating, engineering; coordinating; expediting; purchasing; detailing; legal, accounting, data processing or other administrative expenses; reproduction of drawings and specifications; shop drawings and sample coordination; "as -built" drawings; permits; auto insurance and umbrella insurance; pick-up truck costs; parking permits; cellular phones; testing and inspection; temporary facilities; access and safety provisions; and warranty expense costs. The cost for the use of small tools and/or tools already in use on site are also to be considered covered by the Markup Percentage. Small tools shall be defined as tools and equipment (power or non -power) with an individual purchase cost of less than $750 7. Deduct Change Orders and Net Deduct Changes: The application of the markup percentage will apply to both additive and deductive change orders. In the case of a deductive change order, the credit will be computed by applying the percentage so that a deductive change order would be computed in the same manner as an additive change order. In those instances where a change involves both additive and deductive work, the additions and deductions will be netted and the markup percentage adjustments will be applied to the net amount F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit A. Each submission shall include an electronic .pdf format of all documentation. G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto. 10 Rev 03.2018 Section 4.02 — Claims for Extra Work If the Contractor claims (i) that any work it has been ordered to do is extra work or (ii) that it has performed or is going to perform extra work or (iii) that any action or omission of the Owner or the Architect is contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall: A. Promptly comply with such order; B. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, Article 4 of these General Condition and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within fourteen (14) calendar days after being ordered to perform the work claimed by it to be extra work or within fourteen (14) calendar days after commencing performance of the extra work, whichever date shall be the earlier, or within fourteen (14) calendar days after the said action or omission on the part of the Owner or the Architect occurred, a written notice of the basis of its claim and request a determination thereof; C. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within thirty (30) calendar days after said alleged extra work was required to be performed or said alleged extra work was commenced, whichever date shall be the earlier, or said alleged action or omission by the Owner or the Architect occurred, a verified detailed statement, with documentary evidence, of the items and basis of its claim; D. Produce for the Owner's examination, upon notice from the Owner, all its books of account, bills, invoices, payrolls, subcontracts, time books, progress records, daily reports, bank deposit books, bank statements, checkbooks and cancelled checks, showing all of its actions and transactions in connection with or relating to or arising by reason of its claim, and submit persons in its employment and in its subcontractors' employment for examination under oath by any person designated by the Owner to investigate any claims made against the Owner under the Contract, such examination to be made at the offices of the Contractor; and E. Proceed diligently, pending and subsequent to the determination of the Owner with respect to any such disputed matter, with the performance of the Contract and in accordance with all instructions of the Owner and the Architect. F. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Section 4.02 shall be deemed to be: (i) a conclusive and binding determination on its part that said order, work, action or omission does not involve extra work and is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; and (ii) a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. The provisions of Section 4.02 is to promptly afford the Owner opportunity to cancel or revise any order, change its plans, mitigate or remedy the effects or circumstances giving rise to a claim or take such other action as may seem desirable and to verify any claimed expenses or circumstances as they occur. Compliance with such provisions is essential whether or not the Owner is aware of the circumstances of any order or other circumstances which might constitute a basis for a claim and whether or not the Owner has indicated it will consider a claim in connection therewith. G. No person has power to waive or modify any of the foregoing provisions and, in any action against the Owner to recover any sum in excess of the sum certified by the Owner to be due under or by reason of the Contract, the Contractor must allege in its complaint and prove compliance with the provisions of this Section. 11 Rev 03.2018 Section 4.03 - Form of Change Orders All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved via the Owner's E -Builder Change Order Process. No payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved as noted above. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid. B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract. C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect's or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas. E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas. F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe weather. I 2 Rev 03.2018 G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for: 1. all of the Work, or 2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of tennination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the Work. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute same to completion. Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 13 Rev 03.2018 ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract. 2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner. 3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner. C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. to be: D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; 2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. 14 Rev 03.2018 ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub -Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub -Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors. D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor. E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner. ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or separate Contractors. B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work. 15 Rev 03.2018 E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed: 1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and 2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner hannless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner inay suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions. G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage. H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods. B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death, or significant near miss incidents that had the potential to result in serious injury or death. The Contractor shall upload all completed Contractor and Subcontractor incident investigation forms and reports within five (5) working days of the incident. The report shall include the extent of damage or injury, the persons involved and their employers, the number of days persons are hospitalized, and any other pertinent information required by Cornell University. Such reporting shall be submitted on the e -Builder Accident Form. 16 Rev 032018 C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's name. 2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final Acceptance. Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken. Section 10.04 - Bonds A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. 17 Rev 03.2018 Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its trustees, officers, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or damage to tangible property, to the extent they arise out of or result from: 1. any negligent act or omission, or intentional or willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, or 2. any injury to an employee of the Contractor, its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them. The indemnification obligation under this section shall not be limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor under workers' compensation, disability benefit or other employee benefit laws. B. In the event that Contractor is requested but refuses to honor its indemnification obligations hereunder, then the Contractor shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost, including reasonable attorneys' fees, of bringing an action to enforce such indemnification obligations. C. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for risk or claims of the type enumerated. Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 18 Rev 03.2018 2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage's issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage's shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM) $ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate 3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non -owned and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000 Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability, including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section. C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. 19 Rev 03.2018 D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor's certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage's and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage's, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy. E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's expense. Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract. Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards 20 Rev 03.2018 A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover "all risk" of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage's including all endorsements and exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract incidental to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature. Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. 21 Rev 03.2018 Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. ARTICLE 11-- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 — Substantial Completion A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems, materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents. B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract. C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 22 Rev 032018 1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule, as shown in the E -Builder Schedule of Values Process, when approved by the Owner shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule. 2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit via the E -Builder Payment Application Process, a statement and all applicable documentation setting forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. The Contractor shall attach a single .pdf file of certified payrolls for all employees on the project as indicated in the E - Builder Payment Application Process. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any liens. 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor. 4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate in E -Builder. 23 Rev 03.2018 Approval of the Payment Application by the Architect shall not be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. Section 12.02 — Stored Materials & Equipment A. The Contractor may submit, no more than thirty (30) calendar days after contract approval and prior to the first application for payment, a written request to Cornell University for permission to invoice for critical materials and equipment ready, but not yet incorporated into the work. For the purpose of this paragraph, "critical materials and equipment" eligible for payment are defined as those items affecting project schedule or budget as determined by Cornell University's evaluation of the project schedule. This includes finished goods normally shipped to the job site in a condition ready for incorporation into the work that require significant time for delivery. Raw materials or work -in -process at a manufacturer's plant location shall not be eligible for such consideration unless the Contractor can demonstrate that Cornell University can save money by purchasing material in bulk quantities at the beginning of the project. B. Cornell University will be under no obligation to accept such requests. C. Payment authorized by Cornell University for such "long -lead" critical materials and equipment not yet incorporated in the work will be made provided the Contractor submits Exhibit H and complies with the following: 1. Items shall be listed in the "Total Materials Presently Stored" column on the Application for Payment. 2. Transfer of Title shall be executed and included in the Application for Payment. 3. The method used to store off-site items shall be described in the Contractor's request to invoice for such materials and equipment. Cornell University shall give prior approval of the location of off-site storage. Items requiring special environmental conditions to protect their integrity (temperature, humidity, etc.) shall be continuously stored in such an environment. 4. Items in storage shall be identified as property of Cornell University, and a description of the identification method used shall be submitted in the Application for Payment. Contractor shall maintain all necessary insurance on items in storage. 5. A written and photographic inventory of items and method used to verify such inventory, including Contractor's certification that all quantities have been received in good condition at the job site or other location acceptable to Cornell University shall be submitted with the Application for Payment. 24 Rev 03.2018 6. A copy of the vendor's invoice is included with the Contractor's invoice. Packing lists will not be accepted. D. Cornell University retains the right to verify storage by physical inspection prior to payment approval and at any time thereafter. Such payment shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for protecting, safeguarding, and properly installing the equipment or materials. The Warranty and Guarantee period shall not commence until installation and final acceptance of the completed work by Cornell University. The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site E. Each subsequent invoice will restate the prior months' materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work and current month additions and deletions for materials and equipment incorporated into the Work. F. Upon the making of partial payment by Cornell University, all work, materials, and equipment covered thereby shall become the sole property of Cornell University. Partial payments, however, shall not constitute acceptance of the Contractor's work by Cornell University, nor be construed as a waiver of any right or claim by Cornell University. Section 12.03 — Retention A. Retention in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor's work within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.06. B. Cornell University in its sole discretion may, upon the Contractor's application thereof, release retention applicable to a subcontractor, provided that there are no outstanding claims associated with the subcontractor's work and the subcontractor and Contractor submit an acceptable partial or final release when submitting the payment application process. If the project is bonded, a Consent of Surety to the reduction must be attached as well. Section 12.04 - Withholding Payments A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor. 5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor. 25 Rev 03,2018 6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.05 — Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As -Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following documents with the Owner. a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub -Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39. d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23. f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or Word Documents of all documentation. Section 12.06 - Final Payment and Release A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion. 26 Rev 03.2018 C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and sub - subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable. D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery, equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials. B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding 27 Rev 03.2018 B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract and made a part hereof, shall be deemed to be inserted herein and, in the event any such provision is not inserted or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, this Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15.03 - Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner. Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Limitation on Actions No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination. 28 Rev 03.2018 Section 15.07 - Owner's Representative The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University's designated representative (Darlene Hackworth) shall be recognized by the Contractor. ARTICLE 16 — MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Section 16.01 — Definitions The terms "Minority-owned business enterprise" ("MBE") or "Women -owned business enterprise" ("WBE") or "minority group member" shall have the same meaning as under Section 310 of the New York State Executive Law, as the same may be from time to time amended. Section 16.02 — Participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises A. The Contractor shall, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provision of the Contract and at no additional cost to Owner, fully comply and cooperate with the Owner in the implementation of MBE and WBE goals. These requirements include equal employment opportunities for minority group members and women ("EEO") and contracting opportunities for certified minority and women -owned business enterprises ("MWBEs"). The Contractor's demonstration of "good faith efforts" shall be a part of these requirements. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to, and not in lieu of, the nondiscrimination provisions required by New York State or other applicable federal, state or local laws. B. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in each and every Agreement and/or Contract in such a manner that the provisions of this Article will be binding upon each subcontractor and supplier as to work in connection with and related to this Agreement. C. For purposes of this procurement, the Owner has established goals as outlined in the Bid Form for Minority -Owned Business Enterprises ("MBE") and Women -Owned Business Enterprises ("WBE") participation. 1. The goal for Minority -Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs. 2. The goal for Women -Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from WBEs. D. For purposes of providing meaningful participation by MWBEs on the Contract and achieving the Contract Goals established in paragraph C above, the Contractor should reference the Directory of New York State Certified MWBEs found at the following internet address: http://www.esd.ny.gov/mwbe.html. 29 Rev 03.2018 E. Where MWBE goals have been established herein, the Contractor must document "good faith efforts" to provide meaningful participation by MWBEs as sub -contractors or suppliers in the performance of the Contract. F. Where it appears that a Contractor is unable to comply with the MWBE participation requirements, Contractor may submit in writing for the Owner's consideration, the reasons for Contractor's inability to meet any or all of the participation requirements together with an explanation of the efforts taken by the Contractor to obtain the stated MWBE participation. Section 16.03 MWBE Utilization Plan A. The Contractor shall submit a MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the Owner's review prior within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of a Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed. B. The Contractor shall use such Owner approved MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the performance of MWBEs on the Contract pursuant to the prescribed MWBE goals established in Article 16 hereof. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible for implementing the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report attached hereto as Exhibit "D". Section 16.04 Reports and Records A. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "D" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting MBE/WBE Utilization Plans. Electronic versions are available in the E -Builder Resources Project or at https://ipp.cornell.cdu/project- contractors-and-consul tants. 1. MWBE Utilization Plan 2. Affirmative Action Workforce Report B. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action Workforce Report on a monthly basis, or as requested by Owner. The Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor and such report must document the progress made towards achievement of the MWBE goals of the Contract. Such forms shall be uploaded monthly to E -Builder. C. The Contractor shall permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Owner for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this Article. The Contractor shall include this provision in every subcontract so that such provision will be binding upon each subcontractor. 30 Rev 03.2018 ARTICLE 17 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub -Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project. ARTICLE 18 — CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION At project completion the Owner shall schedule a meeting to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner may schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50% completion) based on project complexity and/or duration. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached "Contractor Performance Evaluation", Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 19 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell University. ARTICLE 20 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 20.01 - Release of Information The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news releases, social media, internal house organizations, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager. 31 Rev 03.20 8 Section 20.02 - Confidential Information The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the tenn of this Contract and until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties. Section 20.03 - Use of Owner's Name The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, social media, or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative. ARTICLE 21-- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at littps:,Vipp.cornell.edu/project-contractors-and-consultants This includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web hit ps://securc.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report custom.asp?clientid-6357 or contact Cornell University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077. 32 Rev 03.2018 EXHIBIT "A" CORNELL UNIVERSITY Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions to Change Order Documentation Cornell University has several standard forms related to Changes in the Work. These forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements related to Changes in the Work. The standard Construction Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms shall be used to facilitate preparation of change order requests in conformity with construction contract requirements. These forms shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their respective cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work for the Owner's consideration and shall include all associated back-up documentation supporting the request. Direct Cost of the Work: 1. Direct Labor — Include the "wages paid" hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. "Wages paid" is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 — Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. "Assigned Personnel or Work Crews" should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job -site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material — Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required change. Examples of "Unit of Measure" include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc. 3. Equipment — Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed. Bond Premiums The Contractor's actual documented bond premium rate as stated on their Bid Form at time of bid shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change. Overhead & Profit The Contractor's overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change in accordance with the Contract. PROJECT TITLE: 3 Name of Contractor Subcontractor petfonning Woik4 DESC VON OF WORK EXHIBIT "A" C ()INSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER REQUEST DATE,: COR CONTRACT NO. A. DIRECT COST OF WORK 1 LABOR (Attach Stvpottang Dactmav-tinon) ASSIGNED PERSONNEL OR WORK CREW 2 MATERIAL (Attach Suppathmg Docuantatabon) LATERLAL REQIIRED FOR CHANGE 3 EQITPNIENT (Attach Suppwatig Donhaeotation) EQUIPS:INT REQUIRED FOR CHANGE 4 5 6 SUBCONTRACTOR (Attach pposting Documentancet) SUB -SUBCONTRACTOR REQD FOR CHANGE 7 OVERHEAD AND PROFIT 8 BONI) PREMIUM (If applicable) HOURLY WAGE RATE PAID HOURS WORKED UNTI PRICE UNTI PRICE LABOR TOTAL UNIT OF NIF_SSURE REQUIRED rqrs 3LVIERLAL TOTAL UNIT OF MEASURETNTS REQUIRED EQUIPMENT TOTAL CT COST (SUM 1, 2, 3) OH&P Rate $113-$1.13 COST OF WORK SUB -S113 LARK UP % SUB-SUBC ONTRAC TOR TOTAL OAST Rate TOTAL COST PLUS OHSP (5131.1, 5, 6, 7) Bond Premium Rate TOTAL C OR COST TOTAL CONTRACT DAYS ADDED,DELETED FROM PROJECT SC DEMI TOTAL COST 50 SO 50 SO TOTAL C OST SO 50 50 SO TOTAL C OST SO SO SO SO SO 1111111121 111111111111111111111111111 TOTAL COST SO SO SO 1111111111111111111111110 solt EXHIBIT "A" CONSTRUCT ION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY PROJECT TITLE CONTRACTOR: DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF WORK: DATE PCO # CONTRACT NO. I DIRECT COST OF WORK: NAME OFCONTRACTORJSUBCONTRACTORS PERFORMING WORK TOTAL COST OF PROPOSED CHANCE ORDER ITEM TOTAL CONTRACT DAYS ADDED/DELETED FROM PROJECT SCHEDULE TOTAL COST THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "B" FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Date Contract Date Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions City Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully -paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GUA TEE Date: EXHIBIT "C" In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell University dated we hereby guarantee the as found in the specifications for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title) from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from , the date of acceptance by the Owner. (Date) By: Title: (COMPANY) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "D" — FORM I MWBE Utilization Plan — Submit Part I and Part II within 1 5 day; after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed — — Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project PART I — PROJECT INFO ATION e -Builder Project No. Project Name: Contract Value: Contractor Name and Address: Primary Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: Bid Date: % Goals MBE: 2.7% WBE: 1.8% Contractor's MWBE Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: PART II — MWBE LIST (Update as MWBE firms come under contract, sign and date, resubmit) Subcontractor Name, Address, Contact, Email, MBE or WBE (Lisi your finn falso MBE or WBE) Federal ID Number Dollar Value of Description of Work or Contract or Supplies Purchase Order Subcontractor or Supplier Start and End Dates MWBE Contract % Percentages Summary MBE Totals WBE Totals (Update totals as MWBE firms are added/subtracted to above list) Print Name of Principal or Officer: Title: Signature: Date: EXHIBIT "D" -- FORM I BE Utilization Plan Submit Part I and Part II within 15 da)N after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed - - Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project PART III - Quarterly Utilization Report (Subcontractors & Sub -subcontractors fill this out and submit to General Contractor to compile into a single form.) Double click on table to edit. Month/Year: neral Contractor, Subcontractor, Sub - Subcontractor, or Vendor Dollar Value of SubContract or Purchase Order MBE, BE, or N/A of Total Contract TOTALS 0 0 EXHIBIT "D" - FORM II SUMMARY OF BID ACTIVITY WITH MBE AND SUBCONTRACTORS AND VENDORS Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required, PROJECT: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number): MBE and WBE SubcontractorNendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of (Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination EXPLANATION OF ELIMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary) OFFICER OF FI Name and Title: Signature: Date: EXHIBIT "D" - FO Ncg 0 n. H8 E 6 I 9 4 11� W , ro '0' •A IQtjgt • ig tl w 4 ,:iW R b xp a x u 5j x ,,sssQQq n Iia . ..0 z rg a x ii 51 :i1 yy p Og� 1 H 14 :1, I x A 1 u w, E °' P tl t, y Ili in4 EXHIBIT "E" LABOR RATE BREAKDOWN PROJECT TITLE CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: TRADE Base Hourly Rate: Payroll Taxes and Insurance F.I.C.A. Federal Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours ofwork) State Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours ofwork) * Worker's Compensation * Bodity Injury & Property Damage Disability EFFECTIVE DATE EXPIRATION DATE: % per Hour TOTAL Payroll Taxes and Insurance Rates: Base Rate (x) Total % • Rates are net Contractor cost atter premium discounts and experience modifications have been applied against manual rate. Supplemental Benefits Vacation Health & Welfare Pension Annuity Education / Training Industry S per Hour Total Hourly Fringe Benefits $ Hourly Labor Rate: Base Rate, Taxesinsurance and Fringe Benefits Adjustment for a composite rate which includes apprentices: CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION 1 certify that the labor rates, insurance enumerations, labor fringe enumerations and evenses are correct and in accordance with actual and true cost incurred. Signature of Authorized Representative: Print Name: Print Title: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "F" STORED MATERIALS INVOICING DOCUMENTATION PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR: REASON FOR REQUEST: APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. DATE: Material Identification Description: Provide Specific Location of Materials Stored: 2 Material Value 1-1 Attach an Invoice or Quantified Statement of Value. 3 Certificate of Insurance Quantity: riAttach a Certificate of Insurance for the above specified materials. Certificate shall name "Comell University" as a loss payee with respect to the specified materials. 4 Transfer of Tide The Contractor hereby agrees to transfer coinplete ownership of all listed materials to Cornell University at the time payment is made to Contractor for the above referenced Application for Payment. The Contractor remains responsible for allcontractual requirenrnts for the above listed materials including complete installation and providing of all warranties. Signed: Date: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Cornell University EXHIBIT "G" Contractor Performance Evaluation Project Information Project Name: Project Number Project Team Campus Project Start Date Date Of Evaluation Evaluators; Substantial Completion Contractor Prequalification Status Original Contract Amount Total Change Order Amount Contractor Project Manager Initial Evaluation Contractor Superintendent Final Evaluation Type Of Contract Prime Contractor Subcontractor Construction Manager Project Comments/Description Performance Evaluation Please give one rating for each category. Add comments as required to justify your rating. Fab to Achieve Expectation 1 Needs !Fully Achieve Invrovernent Expectation 2 3 1 Quality of Workmanship Rate this contractor's performance in regards to quality of mirk a. Compliance with project drawings and specifications b. Workmanship quality and accuracy c. Tools- quality and sufficient quantity d. Equipment - sufficient quantity and operating condition e. Quality of jobsite craft personnel Comments Fred Exceeds Expectation Cons Exceed Expectation 4 2 Scheduling/Productivity Rate This contractor's performance with regard to producing and meeting contract schedules and milestones a. Project schedule quality and completeness b. Controlling of project schedule c. Manpower allocation for maintaining schedule d. Material deliveries to support project schedule e. Ability to meet substantial completion date and project milestones f. Productivity of work force g. Ability to deal with added work and unforeseen issues. Comments Subcontractor Management Rate this contractor's ability, effort and success in managing and coordinating subcontractors Of no subcontractors rate overall management performance) Comments 3A Major subcontractor performance(score not added in final Contractor Evaluation For contractor information only a. Plumbing Contractor merall Performance Comments b. HVAC Contractor overall Performance Comments c. Electrical Contractor overall Performance Comments 5 Fels to Achieve Expectation Needs Improvement Fully Achieve Expectation .req Exceeds Expectation Cons Exceed Expectation 1 2 3 4 MBE/WBE Participation Rate this contractor's MBE/WBE solicitation effort and participation for this project for, Project Team, Subcontractors, Material Vendors Comments Safety Rafe this contractor's performance in regards to project safety a. Timely submission of site specific safety program b. Knowledge of OSHA standards c. Implementation of safety rules and regulations d. Promotion and creation of safety awareness e. Daily merall housekeeping f. Safety record g. Response to safety concems h. Awareness of public safety Comments 6 Contract Administration Rate this contractor's performance in regards to contract administration as per criteria below a. Timely submission of complet and correct documentation required for insurance and bond b. Change order processing c. Timely submission of RFI's, Shop Drawings, and change orders d. Subcontractor payments made promptly e. Timely submission of complete and correct payment applications f. Quality of papeiwork Comments: 7 Working Relationships Rate this contractor's Korking relationships Kith other parties (Cornell, Design Team, subcontractors,ect.) Comments 4 5 Fails to Achieve Expectation 1 Needs Yrprovement 2 Fully Achieve Expectation 3 8 Supervisory Personnel Rating Rate the overall performance of this contractor's on site supervisory personnel and project management staff Comments :me Exceeds Expectation 9 Contract Close -Out Rate this contractor's overall ability to efficiently close out the project a. Timely completion of all punchlist items b. Timely resolution of all outstanding change orders c. Timely submission of all close out documents(O&M's, As -Butts, warranties, final releases and consent of surety) d. Quality of close out documentation and timely completion of any outstanding audit questions Comments Summary Sheet 4 Cons Exceed Expectation 5 Project:_ Contractor: Performance Categories Qualit of Workmanshi. Schedulin. Subcontractor Mana•ement MBE/WBE Partici.ation 6 Contract Administration 7 Workin. Relationshi is 0 Site Sr rx:aLkatem:A -txiifilitifig.111111111 9 Contract Close Out Rating Per Category 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Weight 15.00% _ 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 18.00% 7.00% Scoring 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Over All Rating Ratin• Reference Fails to achieve e i•ectafion 1 Needs im .rovement 2 Full achieves ex .ectation 3 Fr • uen exceeds ex .ectation 4 Consisten exceeds ex .ectatio 5 OWNER COMMENTS: OWNER COMMENTS on 3A Ratings: CONTRACTOR COMMENTS: (To be completed by Contractor prior to Owner/Contractor discussion meeting) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK May 16, 2018 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS 2 1.3 CONTRACT MILESTONES 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1 1 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES 2 WATER USE RESTRICTION 2 PARKING 3 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES 3 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION 4 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS 5 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. 5 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC 5 WORKING HOURS 6 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 6 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 6 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS 2 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST 2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 1.6 PROCEDURES 3 1.7 EQUIVALENTS - APPROVED EQUAL 3 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS 4 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS 6 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS 8 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION 8 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 9 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 9 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 9 May 16, 2018 SECTION 0131 19 PROJECT MEETINGS1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 1 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 3150 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 1.4 PROCEDURES 1 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW 2 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES 1 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES 1 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS 2 1.5 SUBMISSIONS 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION 3 3.1 DISTRIBUTION 3 SECTION 0132 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 1 3.0 EXECUTION 1 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 2 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS 2 May 16, 2018 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE 1 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS 3 1.4 PRODUCT DATA 3 1.5 SAMPLES 4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS 5 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 6 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 9 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 10 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS 12 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 12 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 12 1.13 DISTRIBUTION 13 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 14 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED 14 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN 1 1.3 AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS 2 1.4 ASBESTOS 3 1.5 LEAD 3 1.6 ANIMAL USE FACILITIES -HAZARD COMMUNICATION 4 1.7 SITE VISITS 4 1.8 CONFINED SPACE 4 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED 4 May 16, 2018 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION 1 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE 2 1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW 2 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION 3 1.8 DUST CONTROL 3 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3 1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK 4 1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS 4 1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE 5 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED 5 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION 1 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES 1 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED 5 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES 1 1.2 INSPECTIONS 1 1.3 COMPLIANCE 2 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS 2 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED 2 May 16, 2018 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS 2 1.3 DEFINITIONS 2 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS 4 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 4 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 5 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 18 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 18 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION 1 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS 3 1.4 TESTING 3 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES 1 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION 2 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 4 2.5 SUPPORTS 4 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 4 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL 5 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION 5 2.9 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION 8 2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS 8 2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 8 2.12 SECURITY 8 2.13 FIELD OFFICES 8 3.0 EXECUTION 9 3.1 PREPARATION 9 3.2 GENERAL 9 3.3 REMOVAL 9 May 16, 2018 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER 1 2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR 2 2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION 3 2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE 4 2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 4 3.0 EXECUTION 4 3.1 REMOVAL 4 SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 1 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 1 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 1 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE 1 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE 2 1.5 PROTECTION 3 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR 1 1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS 1 1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS 2 1.5 RECORDS 2 1.6 SUBMITTALS 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 May 16, 2018 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 1.4 WARRANTIES 4 2.0 PRODUCTS 4 2.1 MATERIALS 4 3.0 EXECUTION 5 3.1 INSPECTION 5 3.2 PREPARATION 5 3.3 PERFORMANCE 6 3.4 CLEANING 8 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INSPECTIONS 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 3 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP 3 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 1 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL 2 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES 3 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 4 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 6 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 6 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 7 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 7 May 16, 2018 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUMMARY 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS 2 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 3 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED 4 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION 4 3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 4 3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS 5 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES 1 1.3 RECORDING 1 1.4 SUBMITTAL 6 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 6 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED 6 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMM SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Y OF THE WO A. Work to be Done 1. Connect the Corson Mudd (1019E and 1019W), and Lynah Rink (2613) Emergency Generator Panels to the Weill Hall (1014) Emergency Generator. 2. Provide new Load Bank, and future connections in pull boxes for Bartels Hall. 3. Remove the underground fuel tank at Corson Mudd/Biotech , and restore area to meet ADA requirements. B. The Scope of the Work 1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity. 2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. 3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUMM GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL YOF WO 01 11 00-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract work with work performed under others contracts. B. Concurrent / Future Work: 1. Between mid to late June and October 31, 2018, the Corson Mudd Secondary Electric Gear and Transformer Replacement project will be underway. C. New York State Electric & Gas (NYSEG): 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the project management of NYSEG work including coordinating any scheduling associated with the Project. 2. The Owner shall be responsible for the cost associated with the work to be performed by NYSEG. No NYSEG costs shall be carried in the Contractor's bid. 1.3 CONTRACT MILESTONES A. The existing emergency generators, and the underground fuel tank, cannot be disconnected/removed until the connections to the Weill Generator are completed. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 11 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUMMARY OF WO GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 11 00-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WO' : RESTRICTIONS SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. All traffic and pedestrian control measures shall be compliant with the National Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and 17 NYCRR Chapter V (New York Supplement), (https://www.dot.ny.gov/mutcd) and all other local laws and regulations. B. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at all times. C. The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges. D. The Contractor shall maintain 20' minimum fire lane access to all facilities in the area. E. The Contractor shall post and maintain flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required. F. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways, roadways and footpaths, outside the Contract Limit Lines (work area), and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner's Representative. G. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on permanent roadways due to the Work. H. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY WO RESTRICTIONS GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 14 00-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS I. For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces. J. It is the Owner's expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personnel lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of Work. K. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval of the Owner's Representative. L. Parking may be made available for staging at Palm Road or other pre -determined area for the duration of the project. The Contractor will be responsible for fencing, securing and maintaining the designated area. All vehicles at Palm Road must be registered with Transportation Services. 1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES A. In the event of University closure, the Contractor should use their judgement, follow their internal guidance on continuity of operations, and the direction of law enforcement, as to whether or not they will maintain operations on construction sites on campus. They should make this decision with the awareness that Comell response to any project needs (shutdowns, emergencies) will not possible and the maintenance of roads and walks will not be to normal operating standards. B. With your safety as a top priority, the Cornell University Police allows you the ability to take advantage of our Emergency Mass Notification System that enables your cellphone to become a personal safety device for you. Contractor's wishing to participate may text the following: Cot nc.11.1.1cit to 67283 and you will be set up to receive alert messages. Be advised that you may stop receiving messages at any time by sending "stop" to Coo nel I let t. There will also be a system generated "stop" every year on August 1" at which point you will need to send the text Col na Ale' t to re-enlist. 1.4 WATER USE RESTRICTION C. The Contractor shall adhere to any University issued Water Use Restrictions in place at the time of construction. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY WO ' RESTRICTIONS GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 14 00-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.5 PARKING A. The Owner may designate an area for parking of essential Contractor vehicles on the project site. B. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary. C. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Darlene Hackworth) for additional information. The Contractor will be required to complete a "New Construction Employee Form" for each permit requested. This form may be found at http://linance.fs.cornel 1.cdu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. D. Contractor shall cooperate with Transportation Services and/or other authorities having jurisdiction, as follows: 1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated parking area. 2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc. 3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements. 4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the construction site. E. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor's direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore. 1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding. B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased. C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner's discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY WO' RESTRICTIONS GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 14 00-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL Ithaca, New D. E. F. G. H. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner's Representative. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY. 1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A. General 1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS. 2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. 3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes. 4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY WO' RESTRICTIONS GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 14 00-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS B. Interference 1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention. 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis -of -design equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned. B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions: 1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing maintenance and service space required. 2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. 3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed. 1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. A. Before Submitting Proposal 1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine scope and relation to other work. 2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications, by visiting site and/or building. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY WO' RESTRICTIONS GENE • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 14 00-5 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities. B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area 1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building. 2. Inspect all adjacent work. C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement 1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying Drawings. 2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding. D. Existing or Archived Drawings 1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be considered contract drawings and are provided "FOR INFORMATION ONLY". The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing current conditions. 1.11 WORKING HOURS A. Normal work hours are 7AM-dusk Monday -Saturday except during above noted restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb campus occupants or residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours — Contractor may submit a detailed request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 14 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY WO' RESTRICTIONS GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 14 00-6 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor's control, such as unavailability of product, or regulatory changes. a. Products that are not available from Contractor's preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBSTITUTIONS AND GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT PRODUCT OPTIONS WITH WEILL HALL 01 25 00-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete list of products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number. C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: 1. Name and address of the manufacturer. 2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBSTITUTIONS AND GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PRODUCT OPTIONS WITH WEILL HALL 01 25 00-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with other products and construction methods. 2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products. 1.7 EQUIVALENTS — APPROVED EQUAL A. Equivalents or Approvals - General 1. The words "similar and equal to", or "or equal", "equivalent" and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word "products" shall be deemed to include the words "articles", "materials", "items", "equipment" and "methods". Whenever in the Contract documents one or more products are specified, the words "similar and equal to" shall be deemed inserted. 2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBSTITUTIONS AND GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT PRODUCT OPTIONS WITH WEILL HALL 01 25 00-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed by the Contractor. 5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor. B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding 1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract. 2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall provide the same at its own cost and expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBSTITUTIONS AND GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PRODUCT OPTIONS WITH WEILL HALL 01 25 00-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named. 1. Products: a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" or that include the phrase "provide one of the following", and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Products" or that include the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "provide products by one of the following", and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBSTITUTIONS AND GENE TOR INTERCONNECT PRODUCT OPTIONS WITH WEILL HALL 01 25 00-5 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and do not include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed. D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Fonn as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Base Bid must include the specified product or manufacturer. Substitutions will be at the sole discretion of the Owner. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of contract award. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBSTITUTIONS AND GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PRODUCT OPTIONS WITH WEILL HALL 01 25 00-6 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with: 1. Completed "Request for Substitution" form in eBuilder. A request for substitution of a product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution (1) is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; (2) will not entail changes in detail and construction of Other Work; (3) will be acceptable to the Architect and Owner's Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and (4) will not result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; identify: Product description. Reference standards. Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each installation. 3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing any variations. 4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule. 5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project. 6. List any changes required in other work or projects. 7. Designate any required license fees or royalties. 8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials. D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum. E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBSTITUTIONS AND GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT PRODUCT OPTIONS WITH WEILL HALL 01 25 00-7 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner. G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution. 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product or manufacturer: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBSTITUTIONS AND GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PRODUCT OPTIONS WITH WEILL HALL 01 25 00-8 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 25 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBSTITUTIONS AND GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT PRODUCT OPTIONS WITH WEILL HALL 01 25 00-9 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre -construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting. a. To all participants in the meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Architect. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's Representative(s) 2. Contractor(s) 3. Architect and its professional consultants 4. Major Subcontractors 5. Major suppliers CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY PROJECT MEETINGS GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 31 19-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor D. Minimum Agendum: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction Schedules 2. Critical work sequencing a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4. Project Coordination a. Designation of responsible personnel 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Requests for Information g. Daily Reports 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements c. Job site personnel conduct d. Building access and security 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY PROJECT MEETINGS GENE TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 0131 19-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 10. Temporary utilities 11. Safety and first-aid procedures a. Contractor's Project Site Specific Plan 12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period. B. Attendance: 1. Architect 2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed 3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent 4. Owner's Representatives 5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 7. Safety Representative C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting 2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades 3. Review of work progress since previous meeting 4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts 5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule 6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 8. Revisions to Construction Schedule CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY PROJECT MEETINGS GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 3119-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period 10. Coordination of schedules 11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required 12. Maintenance of quality standards 13. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders 14. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date b. Effect on other contracts of the Project 15. Other business D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 19*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY PROJECT MEETINGS GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 3119-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner's electronic Project Management (e -PM) system eBuilder on this project. 1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project. B. There are no fees to utilize this system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions Article 9 — Coordination and Cooperation. B. Section 01 33 00— Submittal Procedures 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All project -specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored and routed within the ePM system. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the e -PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All correspondence should be communicated through the e -PM system. B. Training L The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system's use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the Contractor's proposal CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY ELECTRONIC PROJECT GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM WITH WEILL HALL 01 31 50-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT C. The Contractor shall provide on-site personnel with personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will allow the Contractor's personnel to access and use the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software: 1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability 2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production 3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and quickly 4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera 5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFI's, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals, submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre - construction surveys. 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system. B. Project Team Directory — Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project. C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI's will be submitted using the ePM Website System. The submission of a Request for Information (RFI) is the Contractor's exclusive means of requesting information from the Owner and/or Architect. Attachments to RFI's (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFI electronically. D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner. E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor recommends. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY ELECTRONIC PROJECT GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM WITH WEILL HALL 01 31 50-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited. G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00. H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis. I. Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports. J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system, field by date and type including but not limited to: 1. General Progress Photographs 2. RFI Issues 3. Non -Conforming Work 4. Special Events 5. As required by individual Specification Sections K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats. L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals that relate to the project. M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team. N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system. 0. Change Management — Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e -PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders. P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) — The Contractor shall create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY ELECTRONIC PROJECT GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM WITH WEILL HALL 01 31 50-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT Q. Budget and Cost Management — Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis. 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project. B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein. C. The Contractor shall make certain that all subcontractors performing significant work on the project shall actively participate in the e -PM system. Requirements for participation in the e -PM system shall be made part of each bid document and final contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 50*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY ELECTRONIC PROJECT GENERATOR INTERCONNECT MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM WITH WEILL HALL 01 31 50-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1.0 GENE 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub -schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work. B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed. C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner. D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values. E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules. 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers. 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY CONSTRUCTION GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT SCHEDULE WITH WEILL HALL 01 32 16-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction. Specifically list: a. Site clearing b. Site utilities c. Foundation work d. Structural framing e. Subcontractor work f. Equipment installations g. Finishes h. Pre -Installation meetings 3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified. B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn -around time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in processing. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. 3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule. 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous submission CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY CONSTRUCTION 01 32 16-2 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT SCHEDULE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.5 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract. 1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment. C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement of work. D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1.Owner Job Site personnel 2. Subcontractors 3.Other concerned parties B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections of the schedule. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 16*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY CONSTRUCTION GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT SCHEDULE WITH WEILL HALL 01 32 16-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOG . , PI IC DOCUMENTATION SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Submittals 1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. 2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week, to E - Builder within five (5) days of taking photographs. 3. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the view. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY PHOTOG' • HIC GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT DOCUMENTATION WITH WEILL HALL 01 32 33-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work. B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review. C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, AN or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed -prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan. 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 33*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL PHOTOG ' • PHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 32 33-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. LEED Submittals 3. Product Data 4. Samples 5. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals 6. Coordination Drawings 7. Certification of Asbestos free products 8. Owner audio/visual 9. Owner furnishings and fixed equipment B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be needed. C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non- electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE A. The Architect shall provide a draft submittal registry in the template needed for eBuilder importation. It will be part of the contract documents and turned over to the Contractor in native format for their use. The Contractor shall be responsible for review and completion of the registry including addition of dates identified below and other information as deemed necessary by the Owner. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-1 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES B. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications, listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and other related documents. C. The Submittal Registry shall include the following information: 1. Title (by Architect for Contractor review) 2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers (by Architect for Contractor review) 3. Subsection (by Architect for Contractor review) 4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock -Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual, Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.) (by Architect for Contractor review) 5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the submittal (by Architect for Contractor review) 6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable (Contractor provided, optional) 7. Date due from Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional) 8. Date due to be submitted for review (Contractor provided, required) 9. Date due for submittal review to be completed (Contractor provided, required) 10. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional) 11. Date for material or product delivery to project (Contractor provided, required) 12. Priority. Low, normal or high (Contractor provided, required) D. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal Procedures and Architect's Duties below. E. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission duration shall be submitted with the Contractor's preliminary schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described in section 01 32 16. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-2 GENE' . TOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES F. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled draftsperson and presented in a clear and thorough manner. 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. 3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements. 6. Submittal: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain returned document as a "Record Document". 1.4 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section 01 35 29. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-3 GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so with result in rejection of the submission. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through information that does not apply. 6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. 7, Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options by Architect is required. 8. Submittals: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain one (1) copy as a "Record Document". 1.5 SAMPLES A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attaclunent devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. C. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect. 2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-4 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition. D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. 1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. 2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer. 3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. 4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations. 5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect's selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. 6. Submittals: a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect's review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as retumed, at Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the submittal item electronically via the electronic project management. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, and manufacturer's field reports. B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Manufacturer's instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product. E. Manufacturer's field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer's field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer's standards or instructions. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-5 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES F. Submittals: 1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. 2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as "Record Document". 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item. C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to, corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. 1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings. 2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 3. Include room names and numbers of each space. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-6 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 4. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. 5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the design intent. 6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work. 7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as tight to underside of structure as possible. 8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems, security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions, services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to accorrunodate each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments. 9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. 10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. 11. Indicate required installation sequences. 12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. 14. Indicate locations of fire -rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required barriers. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-7 GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub -framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead -mounted equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components and notify Architect. 16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fully -dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor. 17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire - protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms. Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for access and maintenance. 18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Request un -scheduled penetrations and openings where Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by Architect for structural penetrations. 19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. 20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way, generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. 21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections. 23. Contractor Sign -Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work shall sign and date coordination drawings. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-8 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor's responsibility for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with existing conditions and each portion of the Work. D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any given area of the building. 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect. B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. C. Contractor's approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor's failure to fully review and approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation. D. Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Compliance with the Contract Documents 2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions 3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction. 4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades. 5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule. 7. All other provisions of the agreements. E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work or additional cost. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-9 GENE ' ' TOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work. G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color -related submittals at one time. H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work. L Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled. J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals. K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings. L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section 01 35 39 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination 1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved. 4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each submittal requiring the Architect's review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-10 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware Schedules. 6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review. 7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal. 8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing. 9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by the Architect. 10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule. 11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor's sole risk, cost and expense. B. Submittal Preparation 1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. 4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful description. 5. Include the following information on submittal documentation: a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product. b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. e. Provide a blank space for the Architect's stamps f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-11 GENE ' ' TOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 6. Identification of revisions on re -submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on previous submittals. 7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor. C. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Transmit subrnittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed. 2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Provide a record copy of the submittal to the Commissioning Agent in electronic format. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. Provide document in PDF format. B. Record copy of the submittal must be forwarded to the Commissioning Agent within fourteen (14) calendar days of the final approved submittal. C. Provide a record copy of the submittal (electronic format) for the O&M Manual. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this Section. B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following: 1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found and Work may proceed. 2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-12 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 4. "Rejected (REJ)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 5. "On Hold (ONH)" is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required to revise and resubmit. 6. "Not Reviewed (NRV)" is used for submittals that were submitted in error, duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them 7. "For Record Only (FRO)": Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect. a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action. b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents. C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action. D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action. E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission. 1.13 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to: 1. Job site file 2. Record Documents file 3. Subcontractors 4. Installers 5. Suppliers 6. Manufacturers CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-13 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 7. Fabricators 8. Architect 9. Owner B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 33 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SUBMITTAL 01 33 00-14 GENE ' . TOR INTERCONNECT PROCEDURE May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENE SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION L HEALTH & SAFETY A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire scope of work for the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan Template below to develop their Project's PSSP. The template may be downloaded at: littps://sp.elis.cornell.edu/osh/occupational-safety/contractor-safety/Pages/defaultaspx 1. Within the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples demonstrate Cornell University's expectations for providing detailed site specific information, controls and requirements. 2. Project Site Specific Plan's that inadequately address site specific operations will be returned with comments for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in delay of project and/or denial of the payment. 3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e -Builder for review and comment. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERAL HEALTH GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT & SAFETY WITH WEILL HALL 01 35 29-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the commencement of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases. The Contractor must submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table included in the PSSP template for approval by Owner's Representative with initial submission. Submit remaining phases no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new, predetermined project phase or milestone. 1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn -around shall coordinate their submittal with the Owner's Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall's Office and Contract College's Codes Enforcement Official, if applicable. C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP's are adequate per their scope of work. D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project's PSSP is accurately maintained throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope elements not previously addressed by the Contractor's original PSSP. E. Definitions: 1. Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for University and Contractor personnel. This document is not intended to be all inclusive of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the General Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) are expected to comply. 2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): • The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an installation or a procedure (NYS Fire Code). • The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS Building Code -§202.2). 3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell University's Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can be contacted at (607)-255-8200 or by email at as1cEHS@cornell.edu 4. SME: The University's subject matter expert. 1.3 AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS A. The preferred method for Aerial Work Platforms (AWPs) boom storage is fully retracted and fully lowered to the ground. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERAL HEALTH GENERATOR INTERCONNECT & SAFETY WITH WEILL HALL 01 35 29-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY B. In some circumstances booms may need to be stored in the air because of vandalism concerns, minimal size of storage location, etc. 1. If this is case, the area under the elevated boom must be blocked or arranged such that prevents people from walking, standing, working or parking vehicles underneath. 2. When booms are stored in the air consult the extended weather forecast. Booms should not be stored in the air during predicted high winds, or severe storms. AWPs become unstable at winds or gusts greater than 25 mph and must be fully lowered to prevent a tip -over. 1.4 ASBESTOS A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form "Exhibit AC" stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions. B. Attached for the Contractor's information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building. C. Removal and disposal of asbestos containing material shall be performed by the Owner under separate contract. 1.5 LEAD A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the Contractor's means and/or methods. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 "Lead in Construction Standards". This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERAL HEALTH GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT & SAFETY WITH WEILL HALL 01 35 29-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.6 ANIMAL USE FACILITIES -HAZARD COMMUNICATION A. Certain facilities at Cornell may be used for research, testing or teaching with animals. Some individuals may be at greater risk for health symptoms and effects from direct or indirect exposure to animals. Individuals with medical conditions such as immunocompromised health status, allergies, pregnancy or anticipated pregnancy may be at greater risk. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to inform their employees of associated potential risks and take appropriate action with respect to their health and safety. Questions regarding the presence of animals in a specific facility may be directed to the Owner's Representative or Facility Manager. 1.7 SITE VISITS A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of any persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person. 1.8 CONFINED SPACE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 29*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERAL HEALTH GENERATOR INTERCONNECT & SAFETY WITH WEILL HALL 01 35 29-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York Cornell University CONTRACTOR'S C ER 11.1.1CATION OF ASBESTOS F' NLATERLILLS (Exhibit AC) GENE Dismbuton to: . , SECTION 01 35 29 HEALTH & SAFETY OVv AR I CT CO. CTOR 3 It PROJECT: TO OWNER._ COLLL-NIX. 9' ITY (Yaw,' &.4ddressy Facilities Contracts 121 Ht it eys Senioe Building Ithaca, New York 14853 CO '.CT NUMBER CO ' CT FOR: CONTRACT DATE: DATE OF ISSUANCE w The tmdersigned hereby c ifies that all nxiterials and - . in 'shed for or inst -in connection with all work, labor, and services provided with r t to the perfonnance of the Contract referenced above shall be free of asbestos and any asbestos cont t • material. The imdersigned provide any and all docu...- I s supporting such *cation winch may reasonably be reqi. - . the Owner, including %%here applicable Safety Data Sheets and'or Matenal Safety Data Sheets. SUPPORTING D MINTS ATTA • Material Safety Data Sheets 13* TO: CO CTOR: INat e & Addrons) State of )SS. County of:) Subscribed and swom to before me this Day of 20 BY: NAME (Signature of authori:ed representruire) (Printed name) TITLE: WATT S ARCI--IITECTURE & ENGINEERING architecture lenginee May 4, 2018 Mr. Dale Houseknecht Asbestos Project Coordinator Project Services Group Cornell University 119A Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 Buffalo, New York 14203 p: 716.206.5100 f: 716.206.5199 w: www.watts-ae.com ring' environmental RE: Bartels Hall — Facility Code 2631 554 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10789645 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report Dear Mr. Houseknecht: Watts Architecture & Engineering (Watts) was retained by Cornell University Facilities Management to perform testing for asbestos -containing materials (ACM) that may be disturbed within Bartels Hall as part of the Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Project. This letter report contains the results of Watts' survey and the results of analytical testing of bulk samples collected by Watts. The field work was conducted on May 1, 2018 and included the following: • A visual site inspection to identify suspect ACM. • Collection and laboratory analysis for asbestos content of samples from identified suspect materials. • Documentation of sample locations on a sample location drawing and chain -of -custody form; and • Photographs. ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS The inspection included the collection of nine (9) bulk samples to represent three (3) homogeneous materials identified as suspect asbestos -containing material (ACM). ACM is defined as any material containing more than one percent (1%) of asbestos. Based on the laboratory analysis and visual observations, no ACM has been identified which is likely to be disturbed within the project limits. Mr. Dale Houseknecht — Asbestos Project Coordinator Bartels Hall — Facility Code 263l 554 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator lnterconnect Work Order — 10789645 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report NON -ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS The following materials were sampled by Watts as part of this investigation and determined to be non - ACM: • Spray -on fire • Parge coating on generator vault • Generator exhaust insulation This section includes information on all suspect ACM sampled including the following: the homogeneous materials identified, their corresponding sample numbers, analytical results and whether or not they are ACM. Results (% Asbestos) Material Description Sample t„ocation Sample Number�� ACM Spray -on Fireproofing Parge Coating Generator Exhaust Insulation Mechanical Room Generator Vault Generator Vault ND = None Detected NA = Not Analyzed NA/PS = Not Analyzed/Positive Stop Non -ACM = Final residue <1% of original subsample S 3 Y = Yes N = No l 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA YiN� N N N S = Surfacing T = Thermal System Insulation M --- Miscellaneous Bulk samples were delivered with the chain -of -custody form to EMSL Analytical, Inc. (EMSL) in Depew, NY. EMSL is a New York State accredited laboratory that is a participant in the Environmental Laboratory rovol Program (ELAP) and National Voluntary Laboratory Approval Program /NVLAP\. Friable materials were analyzed usinPolarized Light Microscopy (PLk4) using Method l98.l. Non -friable organically bound (NOB) materials underwent gravimetric reduction prior to being analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Method 198.6. In addition, if NOB samples were negative by PLM, they were further analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) Method 198.4. Page 2 of 5 Mr. Dale Houseknecht — Asbestos Project Coordinator Bartels Hall — Facility Code 2631 554 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10789645 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report Observations/Recommendations No ACM is anticipated be disturbed within the project limits. The laboratory analysis on samples of suspect materials were all determined to be non -ACM. No other suspect ACM was identified during this assessment. Site Photographs Photo 1: View of spray -on fireproofing on a structural beam and overspray on conduit in the Mechanical Room. The fireproofing is non -ACM. Page 3 of 5 Mr. Dale Houseknecht — Asbestos Project Cooinotor Bartels Hall — Facility Code 2631 554Campus Rd,Ithaca, NYl4853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator lnterconnect Work Order —lO789645 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report ..*� - Photo 2: View of parge coating on generator vault walls. The parge coating is bnon-ACM. Photo 3: View of generator exhaust insulation. The insulation is non -ACM. Page 4 of 5 Mr. Dale Houseknecht — Asbestos Project Coordinator Bartels Hall — Facility Code 2631 554Campus R6,Ithaca, NYl4853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator lnterconnect Work Order — 10789645 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report The sample location drawing, laboratory report, chain -of -custody form, laboratory ocoeditatimmand Watts' license and certifications are attached. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please contact me at (716) 206-5164. Sincerely, WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING Mark 4.Beyer Environmental Consultant Attachments Page sofs Cy, 0_ 0 cr 0 z0 0.1 0 < 0 CC M < cv cc Z Csl WW ca 0 > z 0 cn 0 � L .4. D 0 Z 0 0 re 0) co Samples were collected on May 1, 2017 0, 0 C V) 0 E= 0 c0 IJ = (I) -5 a E E ® cv U co v) EMSL Analytical, Inc, 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394 htto://www.EMSL.com buffalolabDemslcom EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectlD: 141801968 WATT50 sttn: Mark Beyer Watts Architecture & Engineering 95 Perry Street Suite 300 Buffalo, NY 14203 Project: 18014 / Cornell Generator Upgrades: Bartels Hall Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (716)206-5100 (716)206-5199 05/02/18 1:11 PM 5/3/2018 5/1/2018 Analyzed Test Date Sample ID 1 141801968-0001 Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Color Description Homogeneity Non Asbestos Fibrous Spray on Fireproofing Homogeneous Non -Fibrous Asbestos PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Gray 70.00% Glass 30.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Sample ID 2 141801968-0002 Description Spray on Fireproofing Homogeneity Homogeneous Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Gray PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB 'EM NYS 198.4 NOB 80.00% Glass 20.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed ...ample ID 3 141801968-0003 Description Spray on Fireproofing Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Gray 65.00% Glass 35.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 4 141801968-0004 Description Parge Coating Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Gray PLM NYS 198.6 VCM 100.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 5 Description Parge Coating 141801968-0005 Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Gray 100.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Initial Report From 05/03/2018 11:48:31 Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 5/3/2018 11:48:31 AM Page 1 Test EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394 blip;//www.EMSL,com buffalolab1a3emst.corn EMSL Order: 141801968 CustomerlD: WATT50 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Color Fibrous Non Asbestos Non -Fibrous Asbestos Sample ID 6 141801968-0006 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Description Parge Coating Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Gray 100.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Sample ID 7 141801968-0007 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Description Generator Exhaust Insulation Homogeneity Heterogeneous 5/3/2018 Gray/White 20.00% Glass 20.00% Cellulose 60.00% Non-fibrous (other) Not Analyzed Not Analyzed None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 8 141801968-0008 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Description Generator Exhaust Insulation Homogeneity Heterogeneous Gray/W hlte 4.00% Cellulose 30.00% Glass PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 66.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 9 141801968-0009 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Description Generator Exhaust Insulation Homogeneity Heterogeneous 5/3/2018 Gray/White 8.00% Glass 30.00% Cellulose PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 62.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Analyst(s) Shauna Strnad Rhonda McGee, Labora ory Manager or other approved signatory NOB = Non Friable Organically Bound N/A = Not Applicable VCM = Vermiculite Containing Material -In New York State, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if NOB materials can be considered or treated as non -asbestos containing. All samples examined for the presence of vermiculite when analyzed via NYS 198.1. -NYS Guidelines for Vermiculite containing samples are available atfittp://www.wadsworlh orq/labcert/elaocert/fonnsNermiculitelnter mGuidanc@ RevO70913.pd( EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client Samples were received in good condition unless otherwise noted. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. This report may contain data thatrs not covered by the NVLAP accreditation. Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Depew, NY NYS ELAP 11606 Initial Report From 05/03/2018 11:48:31 Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed; 5/3/2018 11:48:31 AM THIS IS THE LAST PAGE OF THE REPORT. Page 2 OrderlD: 141801968 0 co 0 z a. 0 8 2 c c c c0 0 20. ' 0 0 0 CI It) 4-- >4 E E E o o o 04 r0 c N.= a c c -C L)c 2 0.4) 0 ›, 2 EL. 0. 0 O. 0 a) C21 0 0 33333 0 0 0 0 0 > > > > > 8 0 8 8 8 — 202 . O 0 61 c c 0 0 (5 CD CD CD (D Cs4 0 01 0 0)0 a.0. 0 0 CO LU 2 0 0 c 0 -C LU 0 0 a) 0 0 Page 1 Of 1 a a t 00 2 e- 0 0 04 04 01 441 4) 0 -a. E 0 >>. co 0 Relinquished By: 0 4) E 0 0 c0 0)0 E _- c 0 0 0. 0 00 0 0 0 6) 03 0 z 0 E E c 0 t 2 _c 01 0 8 -o NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH WADSWORTH CENTER Expires 12:01 AM April 01, 2019 Issued April 01, 2018 CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL FOR LABORATORY SERVICE Issued in accordance with and pursuant to section 502 Public Health Law of New York State MS. RHONDA R. MCGEE EMSL ANALYTICAL INC 490 ROWLEY ROAD DEPEW, NY 14043 Miscellaneous Asbestos in Friable Material NY Lab Id No: 11606 is hereby APPROVED as an Environmental Laboratory for the category ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSES SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE All approved subcategories and/or analytes are listed below: Asbestos in Non -Friable Material -PLM Asbestos in Non -Friable Material -TEM Rem 198.1 of Manual EPA 600/M4182/020 Item 196.6 of Manual (NOB by PLM) Rem 198.4 of Manual Serial No.: 57852 Property of the New York State Department of Health. Certlficelea are valid only at the address shown, must be conspicuously posted, and are printed on secure paper. Continued accreditation depends on successful ongoing partcfpatfon In the Program, Consumers aero urged to e011 (518) 485-5570 to verify the laboratory's accreditation status. Page 1 of 1 E 41. ea 4S 21 To 7025:2005 NVLAP LAB CODE: 200056-0 0 ro kci O coco N • al c.i EU \ O ( V co 0 C o co cu • O 'p E TO 13 ro to -0 'C • i,: 0 O O co '6 •N LL. C o v U 13t:3) Ct3 .,..:( o ro co 0 '4 0 o ro co ® e O • b v r ., 11 roc, cu cd z vco ro • ro v C CD 6 co 76 2 0 co 9 •y 0 v co ri . Effective Dates Hw14 LN.:::::XAlucnctarditation Program 1>eb NrES SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION TO ISO/IEC 17025:2005 EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road Depew, NY 14043 Ms. Rhonda McGee Phone: (716) 651-0030 Fax: (716) 651-0394 Email: rmcgee@emsl.com http://www.emsl.com/ ASBESTOS FIBER ANALYSIS NVLAP LAB CODE 200056-0 Bulk Asbestos Analysis Code Description 18/A01 EPA — Appendix E to Subpart E of Part 763 — Interim Method of the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples 18/A03 EPA 600/R-93/116: Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials Airborne Asbestos Analysis Code • 18/A02 Description U.S. EPA's "Interim Transmission Electron Microscopy Analytical Methods -Mandatory and Nonmandatory -and Mandatory Section to Determine Completion of Response Actions" as found in 40 CFR, Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix A. For the National Volunta • 4 Accreditation Program Effective 2017-07-01 through 2018-06-30 Page 1 of 1 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 44 W 28'h Street, 5'h Floor Buffalo, NY 14203 New York, NY 10001 New York State —13epartrrrent of Labor Division of, Safety and Health • License and Cettilicate Unit ` State Campus. Elt.iliding 12 Albany. NY 12240 ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE Watts Architecture & Erigineering, D.P.C. FILE NUMBER: 12-68007 Suite 300 LICENSE NUMBER: 68007 95 Perry Street LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTED Buffalo NY 14203 DATE OF ISSUE: 08/24/2017 EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2018 Duly Authorized Representative — Edward Watts: This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisionp of Article 3g of the Labor Law of New 'York State and of the New York'State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). R is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1) serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct ofan asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbegos or asbestos material. This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos proj ed. WOIkSite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New York State have been issued an A.thestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor. SH 432 (8/12) Eileen M. Franke, Director For the Commissioner of Labor WATTS Arc ctur ft. (3, E fl 13: e r rt tr) 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS ARCHITECTURE 8, ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 44 W 2e Street, 5'h Floor Buffalo, NY 14203 New York, NY 10001 STATE OF NEW YOILK DEPARI1s,i'lENT OF 'LABOR moEs'ros CERTIFICAkTE M RK A BEYER CLASS(EXPIRES) C ATEC(04/19) D 1NSP(04/19) 11 PM (04/19) 1 PD (04/19) 7.= %.,tkt4,1a,0;4i1 MUST BE CARRIED ON ASBESTOS P'ROJECTS BYES HAZ HAIR = -0 = HGT 6' 07" Eri§ 11111 1111111111 1111111111 111 IF FOUND RETURN TO: NYSDOL - L&C UNIT ROOM 161A BUILDING 12 STATE OFFICE CAMPUS ALBANY NY 12240 Mark Beyer C - Air Sampling Technician D - Inspector H - Project Monitor I - Project Designer WATTS Architecture 8, EngiweWp:1 WATT ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING architecture |engineo,i May 4,2Ol8 Mr. Dale Houseknecht Asbestos Project Coordinator Project Services Group Cornell University 119A Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 Buffalo, New York 14203 p: 716.206.6100 f: 716.206.5199 w: www.watts-ae.com ng|environmental RE: Biotechnology Building — Fadlily Code 1018 526 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10789640 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report Dear Mr. Houseknecht: Watts Architecture &Engineering (Watts) was retained by Cornell University Facilities Management to perform testing for asbestos -containing materials (ACM) that may be disturbed within the Biotechnology Building as part of the Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Project. This letter report contains the results of Watts' survey and the results of analytical testing of bulk samples collected by Watts. The field work was conducted on May 1, 2018 and included the following: • A visual site inspection to identify suspecACM. � Collection and laborotory analysis for asbestos content of samples from identified suspect materials. • Documentation of sample locations on a sample location drawing and chain -of -custody form; and • Photographs. ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS The inspection included the collection of four (4) bulk samples to represent two (2) homogeneous materials identified as suspecasbestos-containing material (ACM). ACM is defined as any material containing more than one percent (1%) of asbestos. Based on the laanalysis and visual observations, no ACM has been identified within the p'ect Mr. Dale Houseknecht Asbestos Project Coordinator Biotechnology Building — Facility Code 101B 526 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order —lO78964O Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report NON -ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS The following materials were sampled by Watts as part of this investigation and determined to be non - ACM: • Cement at fuel line penetrations in CMU wall. • Gas line sealant. This section includes information on all suspect ACM sampled including the following: the homogeneous materials identified, their corresponding sample numbers, analytical results and whether or not they are ACM. Material Samiale Location Type Description Number Cement at Fuel Line Penetrations in CMU Wall Gas Line Sealant Entry Corridor Mechanical Room 0060 ND = None Detected NA = Not Analyzed NA/PS = Not Analyzed/Positive Stop Non -ACM =Final residue <1% of original subsamplre � � Y-= Yes N = No l 2 3 4 Results (% Asbestos) PLM ND ND ND ND S = Su T=Thermal System Insulation M Miscellaneous NA NA ND ND ACM YiN N N Bulk samples were delivered with the to EMSL Analytical, Inc. (EMSL) in Depew, NY. EMSL is a New York State accredited laboratory that is a participantithe Environmental Laborovo| Program (ELAP) and National Voluntary Laboratory Approval Program (NVU\p). Friable materials were analyzed using Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) using Method 198.1. Non -friable organically bound (NOB) materials underwent gravimetric reduction prior to being analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Method 198.6. In addition, if NOB samples were negative by PLM, they were further analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) Method 198.4. No ACM is anticipated be disturbed within the project limits. The laanalysis on samples of suspect materials were all determined to be non -ACM. No other suspect ACM was identified during this assessment. Page ovf 4 McOo|oMooyeknecht-AubnshoxPnojecCoordinotor Biotechnology Building - Facility Code 1018 526 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order - 10789640 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Reporf Photo 1: View of cement at fuel line penetration through CMU wall in entry lobby. Photo 2: View of sealant on fueline in Mechanica! Room G0060. Page aof* Mr. Dale Mouneknacht—Asbestos Project Coordinator Biotechnology Building — Facility Code 1018 526Campus R6,Ithaca, NY14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10789640 Targeted Asbestos Tesling Letter Report The sample location drawing, laboratory report, chain-of-custodyform, laboratory accreditations and Watts' license and certifications are atfached. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please contact me at (716) 206-5100. Sincerely, WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING Mark A. Beyer Environmental Consultant Attachments Page 4 of 4 01 c — ,awctz En ce _ _ I-• `r cm co co fp; <'=Z Z q � s ®Z2 O2 www J aco 0 0 U Samples collected: May 1, 2018 EL CC 0 H u- aU w co o cc °Cw w YZ cc CC uS Jaz �cn w J a cc tow o wco CD ou EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394 hno://vvw.EMSLoom buffalolabeemsl.com EMSL Order: 141801967 CustomerlD: WATT50 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: In: Mark Beyer Watts Architecture & Engineering 95 Perry Street Suite 300 Buffalo, NY 14203 Project: 18014 / Cornell Generator Upgrades: Biotech Building Phone: (716) 206-5100 Fax: (716) 206-5199 Received: 05/02/18 1:11 PM Analysis Date: 5/3/2018 Collected: 5/1/2018 Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Analyzed Test Date Color Fibrous Non Asbestos Non -Fibrous Sample ID 1 Description Cement at Fuel Line Wall Penetrations 141801967-0001 Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 White PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 100.00% Non-fibrous (other) Asbestos None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 2 141801967-0002 Description Cement at Fuel Line Wall Penetrations Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 White 100.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB —EM NYS 198.4 NOB ,ample ID Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed 3 141801967-0003 Description Fuel Line Sealant Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 5/3/2018 5/3/2018 Yellow Yellow Not Analyzed Not Analyzed --V Inconclusive: None Detected None Detected Sample ID 4 141801967-0004 Description Fuel Line Sealant Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable Not Analyzed PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed PLM NYS 198.6 NOB 5/3/2018 Yellow Inconclusive: None Detected TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 5/3/2018 Yellow None Detected Initial Report From 05/03/2018 12:30:43 Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 5/3/2018 12:30:43 PM Page 1 Test EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394 Pwww.EMSLcom buffaiolab@emsl com EMSL Order: 141801967 CustomerlD: WATT50 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Non Asbestos Color Fibrous Non -Fibrous Asbestos Analyst(s) Mark Tate Shauna Strnad c. Rhonda McGee, Labora ory Manager or other approved signatory NOB = Non Friable Organically Bound N/A = Not Applicable VCM = Vermiculite Containing Material -In New York State, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if NOB materials can be considered or treated as non -asbestos containing. All samples examined for the presence of vermiculite when analyzed via NYS 1981., -NYS Guidelines for Vermiculite containing samples are available at tazi/www.wadswort.h.orcalabcert/etamert/formsNermiculltelriterIfncuidance Rev070913.p(if EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced, except in full. without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or anarytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client Samples were received in good condition unless otherwise noted. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. This report may contain data that is not covered by the NVLAP accreditation. Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical. Inc, Depew, NY NYS ELAP 11606 Initial Report From 05/03/2018 12:30:43 Test Report 198VCM-7,30.0 Printed: 5/3/2018 12:30:43 PM THIS IS THE LAST PAGE OF THE REPORT. Page 2 derlD: 141801967 0 ""Ag..... 4 0 0 5 N C4 'V N X C-0-2.662 2 0 0 0 Mechanical Room G0060 4) CO -sC <17) -e 0 0 0 EL- oc 0 4) 0 E 0 a) c0)E0 _c _c 0 0 4) 0 10 c 0 c 0 z c 0 2 4) _c 0 4) 0 0 03 0_ 0 _c t 0 0 -0 c 0 0 Page 1 Of NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH WADSWORTH CENTER Expires 12:01 AM April 01, 2019 Issued April 01, 2018 CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL FOR LABORATORY SERVICE Issued in accordance with and pursuant to section 502 Public Health Law of New York State MS. RHONDA R. MCGEE EMSL ANALYTICAL INC 490 ROWLEY ROAD DEPEW, NY 14043 Miscellaneous Asbestos In Friable Material NY Lab Id No: 11606 is hereby APPROVED as an Environmental Laboratory for the category ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSES SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE All approved subcategories and/or analytes are listed below: Asbestos in Non-Fnable Material -PLM Asbestos in Non -Friable Material -TEM Item 198.1 of Manual EPA 600/M4182/020 Item 198.6 of Manual (NOB by PIM) Item 198.4 of Manual Serial No.: 57852 Property of the New York. State Qeperlment of Health. rtlll rtes are valid only at the address shown, must be conspicuously posted, and are pealed on secure paper. Continued accreditation depends on successful ongoing participation In the Pregram, Consumers ere urged to call (518) 485.5570 to verify the laboratorys accreditation status. Page 1 of 1 C 0 a0 46 41 4.0 Len co eit r. tat) tz rf a®p1 rI ®YI Q GCI o •® 6 42 41) cio V 0 pee 4cK O QRI .0 C w 0 13 ,0 . Asbestos Fiber Analysis a 1 � . Q (15 co \1 0co C CO q^`. y WCD i0 Ia ^ gp yW c •� ^ W V ey M /p 0 13 .H n �n C W vt o Co 4 N O ro •C? ` m 4 ba C c0 o E ca 0 o o a 0 (n . ti 2017-07-01 through 2018-06-30 Effective Dates riwilnoaqi Laboratory Voluntary toAccreditation Program SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION TO ISO/IEC 17025:2005 EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road Depew, NY 14043 Ms. Rhonda McGee Phone: (716) 651-0030 Fax: (716) 651-0394 Email: nncgee@emsl.com http://www.emsl.com/ ASBESTOS FIBER ANALYSIS NVLAP LAB CODE 200056-0 Bulk Asbestos Analysis Code Description 18/A01 EPA — Appendix E to Subpart E of Part 763 — Interim Method of the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples 18/A03 EPA 600/R-93/116: Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials Airborne Asbestos Analysis Code 18/A02 Description U.S. EPA's "Interim Transmission Electron Microscopy Analytical Methods -Mandatory and Nonmandatory -and Mandatory Section to Determine Completion of Response Actions" as found in 40 CFR, Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix A. For the Natty Volunta Accreditation Program Effective 2017-07-01 through 2018-06-30 Page 1 of 1 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 Buffalo, NY 14203 New York State Department of Labor Division of Safety and Health License and Cedificate Unit State Campus, Building 12 Albany, FA' 12240 ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE Watts Architecture & Engineering, D.P.C. FILE NUMBER: 12-68007 Suite 300 LICENSE NUMBER: 68007 95 Perry Street LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTED DATE OF ISSUE: 08/24/2017 EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2018 44 W 28th Street, 5'h Floor New York, NY 10001 Buffalo, NY 14203 Duly Authorized Representative — Edward Watts: This license has been issuor,linsand accordancegla uton withiasP( plii2Part NYCRR cable provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes RuIe . . . 56) 11 0Itransuspension is subject to or revocation for a (1) serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct56asbestos project or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos' materia This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New York State have been issued an Asbestos C,ertificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor. SH 432 (W12) Eileen M. Franko, Director For the Commissioner of Labor Exce!/ence WATTS ATCh ectu re Ett Engineering 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 44 W 28th Street, 5th Floor Buffalo, NY 14203 New York, NY 10001 mAilB A BEyER '"°' CLASS(EXPIRES) C ATEC(04/19) D 1NSP(04/19) H PM (04/19) 10. I 0661 're79 MUST BE CARRIED ON ASBESTOS PROJECTS IS 11151 VI 1111111111111111111111111111 IF FOUND RETURN TO: HAIR :*0 NYSDOL - L&C UNIT ROOM 161A BUILDING 12 .,m -.!....,..en HGT 6 07" STATE OFFICE CAMPUS = g = 6 ALBANY NY 12240 —..,1 1* ....e .... e, a mm EYES IIAZ Mark Beyer C - Air Sampling Technician D - Inspector H - Project Monitor I - Project Designer WATTS ArciSiActure Engineering WATT S ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING architecture I enginee May 4, 2018 Mr. Dale Houseknecht Asbestos Project Coordinator Project Services Group Cornell University 119A Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 Buffalo, New York 14203 p: 716.206.5100 f: 716.206.5199 w: www.waffs-ae.com ring' environmental RE: Dale R. Corson Hall — Facility Code 1019E 215 Tower Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10788983 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report Dear Mr. Houseknecht: Wafts Architecture & Engineering (Watts) was retained by Cornell University Facilities Management to perform testing for asbestos -containing materials (ACM) that may be disturbed within Dale R. Corson Hall as part of the Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Project. This letter report contains the results of Watts' survey and the results of analytical testing of bulk samples collected by Watts. The field work was conducted on May 1, 2018 and included the following: • A visual site inspection to identify suspect ACM. • Collection and laboratory analysis for asbestos content of samples from identified suspect materials. • Documentation of sample locations on a sample location drawing and chain -of -custody form; and • Photographs. ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS The inspection included the collection of sixteen (16) bulk samples to represent seven (7) homogeneous materials identified as suspect asbestos -containing material (ACM). ACM is defined as any material containing more than one percent (1%) of asbestos. Based on the laboratory analysis and visual observations, the red sealant on the flange seams of the generator intake ductwork was identified to be an ACM. Approximately nineiy-six (96) linear feet of the sealant was observed (4 square feet). The material is considered non -friable and was observed to be in good condition. Excellence n all we do, Mr. Dale Houseknoc6t—Asbestos Pnoiec Coordinator Dale R. Corson Hall — Facility Code 101 9E 554 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10788983 Targeted Asbestos Testing Leffer Report NON -ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS The following materials were sampled by Watts as part of this investigation and determined to be non - ACM: • Exterior caulk on man door and louvers • interior caulk on man door and louvers • Tar wrap on generator exhaust insulalion • Exterior generator exhaust insulation • lnterior generator exhaust insulation • Brick mortar This section includes information on all suspect ACM sampled including the following: the homogeneous materials identified, their corresponding sample numbers, analytical results and whether or not they are ACM. Material Description Sample Location = Number ACM YiN Exterior Man Door/Louvre Caulk Interior Man Door/Louvre Caulk Tar Wrap on Exterior Generator Exhaust Insulation Exterior Generato Exhaust Insulation Red Duct Sealant Generator Exhaust Interior Insulation Brick Mortar Generator Room Generator Room Areaway Outside Generator Room Areaway Outside Generator Room Generator Intake Generator Room Areaway Outside Generator Room � � T � T W 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND N N ND ND ND ND ND ND ND NA NA NA N 10 1.7% Chrysotile 11 NA/PS 12 13 14 ND ND ND NA NA Y NA NA NA Page 2 of 6 Mr. Dale Houseknecht - Asbestos ProjecCoordinator Dale R. Corson Hall - Facility Code 1019E 554Campus RJ,Ithaca, NYl4853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconned Work Order - 10788983 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Reporf ND = None Detected Y = Yes 5 = Surfacing NA = Not Analyzed N = No T = Thermal System Insulation NA/PS = Not AnalyzedPositive Stop M = Miscellaneous Non -ACM = Final residue <1Y6 of original subsample Bulk samples were delivered with the chain -of -custody form to EMSL Analytical, Inc. (EMSL) in Depew, NY. EMSL is a New York State accredited laboratory that is a participant in the Environmental Laboratory Approval Program (RAP) and National Voluntary Laboratory Approval Program (NVLAP). Friable materials were analyzed using Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) using Mefhod 1 98.1. Non -friable organically bound (NOB) materials underwent gravimetric reduction prior to being analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Method 198.6. In addition, if NOB samples were negative by PLM, they were further analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) Method 198.4. Observations/Recommendations The red duct sealant will need to be removed by a certified asbestos abatement contractor. The man door between the generator room and fhe areaway was drilled into and determined to be a hollow metal slab (no suspect insulation). Site Photographs Photo 1: View of non -ACM exterior man door and louver caulk. Page 3 of 6 Mr. Dale Houseknecht — Asbestos Project Coordinator Dale R. Corson Hall — Facility Code 1019E 554 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10788983 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report Photo 2: View of non -ACM tar wrap and insulation on exterior generator exhaust. Photo 3: View of asbestos -containing red duct seam sealant on generator intake. Page 4 of 6 Mr. Dale Houseknecht -- Asbestos Project Coordinator Dale R. Corson Hall — Facility Code 1019E 554 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10788983 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report Photo 4: View of interior generator exhaust (insulation within aluminum jacket). Photo 5: View of non -ACM interior generator exhaust insulation (inside aluminum jacket). Page 5 of 6 Mr. Dale Houseknecht — Asbestos Project Coordinator Dale R. Corson Hall Facility Code 1019E 554Campus Rd,Ithaca, NY14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator lnterconnect Work Order — 10788983 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report The sample drawing, laboratory report, chain-of-custodyform, laboratory accreditations and Watts license and certifications are attached. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please contact me at (716) 206-5100. Sincerely, WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING Mark &Beyer Environmental Consultant Attachments Page 6 of 6 MATT S ARCHITECTURE & NGINEERING Cornell University Dale R. Corson Hall Sample Location Drawing Samples collected May 1, 2018 EPLE1-6 JUNCTON BOX .. TO CWPS ,. GENERATOR — CONTROL PANEL X indicates approximate sample location EPLE1-4 (1SKVA XFMR BELOW) 12,13,14 3,4 EDPHE1-1 ASCO ATS °-- 017 0001 1019 JUNCTION BOX 10 PLPEI.4/ E100O13 BATTERY CHARGER CORSON MUDD GENERATOR GROUND LUG 4 CONNECTION 11 EPA 00074 5,6 7,8,9 GRATING AT GROUND LEVEL G007a JANITORS STORAGE (BELOW GRADE FUEL SUPPLY 8 RETURN IN WELDED CONTAINMENT PIPE 5 15 EXHAUST NATURAL GAS RISER TO REMAIN FUEL SUPPLY 6 RETURN IN WELDED CONTAINMENT PIPE ROUTED UNDERGROUND OUTSIDE THE BUILDING LIMITS TO BE ABANDON IN PLACE EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716)651-0394 htto.//www.EmSL.com buttalolabOemsl.com EMSL Order: 141801966 CustomerlD: WATT50 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: Attn: Mark Beyer Watts Architecture & Engineering 95 Perry Street Suite 300 Buffalo, NY 14203 Project. 18014 / Cornell University Generator Upgrades: Corson/Mudd Hall Phone: (716) 206-5100 Fax: (716) 206-5199 Received: 05/02/18 1:11 PM Analysis Date: 5/3/2018 Collected: 5/1/2018 0 Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Analyzed Non Asbestos Test Date Color Fibrous Non -Fibrous Sample ID 1 Description Exterior Man Door/ Louvre Caulk 141801966-0001 Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB 5/3/2018 Black TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 5/3/2018 Black Asbestos Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Inconclusive: None Detected None Detected Sample ID 2 141801966-0002 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB 5/3/2018 TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Sample ID 3 141801966-0003 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM 5/3/2018 Description Exterior Man Door/ Louvre Caulk Homogeneity Homogeneous Black Black Description Interior Man Door/ Louvre Caulk Homogeneity Homogeneous Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Inconclusive: None Detected None Detected PLM NYS 198.6 NOB - - TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 5/3/2018 Black 5/3/2018 Black Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Inconclusive: None Detected None Detected Sample ID 4 141801966-0004 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable Description Interior Man Door/ Louvre Caulk Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB 5/3/2018 Black Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Inconclusive: None Detected TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 5/3/2018 Black None Detected Sample ID 5 141801966-0005 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Description Tar Wrap on Exterior Generator Exhaust Insulation Homogeneity Heterogeneous 5/3/2018 Black/Silver 5/3/2018 Black/Silver <1% Glass Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Inconclusive: None Detected None Detected Initial Report From 05/03/2018 10:42'39 Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 5/3/2018 12:28:54 PM Page 1 Test EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394 hlto.//www.EMSL.com buffalolab@emslcom EMSL Order: 141801966 CustomerlD: WATT50 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Color Fibrous Non Asbestos Non -Fibrous Asbestos Sample ID 6 141801966-0006 Description Tar Wrap on Exterior Generator Exhaust Insulation Homogeneity Heterogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed Not Analyzed PLM NYS 198.6 NOB 5/3/2018 Black/Silver 1.5% Glass Inconclusive: None Detected TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 5/3/2018 Black/Silver None Detected Sample ID 7 Description Exterior Generator Exhaust Insulation 141801966-0007 Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 White 99.00% Glass 1.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 8 Description Exterior Generator Exhaust Insulation 141801966-0008 Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM 5/3/2018 White PLM NYS 198.6 NOB 1M NYS 198.4 NOB 99.00% Glass 1.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 9 Description Exterior Generator Exhaust Insulation 141801966-0009 Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 White 99.00% Glass 1.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Sample ID 10 141801966-0010 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Description Red Duct Sealant Homogeneity Homogeneous Not Analyzed Not Analyzed PLM NYS 198.6 NOB 5/3/2018 Red 1.7% Chrysotile 1.7% Total TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 5/3/2018 Not Analyzed Sample ID 11 141801966-0011 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB 5/3/2018 TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 5/3/2018 Description Red Duct Sealant Homogeneity Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Positive Stop (Not Analyzed) Not Analyzed Initial Report From 05/03/2018 10:42:39 Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 5/3/2018 12:28:54 PM Page 2 Test EMS! Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394 1410://www.EMSL.com buffalolatx@emsl.com EMSL Order: 141801966 CustomerlD7 WATT50 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Color Fibrous Non Asbestos Non -Fibrous Asbestos Sample ID 12 141801966.0012 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Description Generator Exhaust Interior Insulation Homogeneity Homogeneous Gray 10.00% Glass 75.00% Cellulose 15.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 13 Description Generator Exhaust Interior Insulation 141801966-0013 Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Gray PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Sample ID 14 141801966-0014 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Description Homogeneity Homogeneous 5/3/2018 Gray 10.00% Glass 80.00% Cellulose 10,00% Glass 10.00% Non-flbrous (other) 80,00% Cellulose Generator Exhaust Interior Insulation PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Sample ID 15 141801966-0015 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM None Detected Not Analyzed 10.00% Non-fibrous (other) Not Analyzed Not Analyzed None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Description Brick Mortar Homogeneity Homogeneous 5/3/2018 PLM NYS 198.6 NOB _ TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Sample ID 16 141801966-0016 Red 100.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Description Brick Mortar Homogeneity Homogeneous Red 100.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed (Initial Report From 05/03/2018 10:42:39 Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 5/3/2018 12:28:54 PM Page 3 Test EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394 htto://www.EMSL.com buffalolab@emsl.com EMSL Order: 141801966 CustomerlD: WATT50 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Non Asbestos Color Fibrous Non -Fibrous Asbestos Analyst(s) Mark fate Shauna Strnad Rhonda McGee, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory NOB = Non Friable Organically Bound N/A = Not Applicable VCM = Vermiculite Containing Material -In New York State, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if NOB materials can be considered or treated as non -asbestos containing. All samples examined for the presence of vermiculite when analyzed via NYS 198.1. -NYS Guidelines for Vermiculite containing samples are available at litto://www.wadsworth.org/labcert/elaocert/formsNermiculitelnterimGuidance Rev070913.pd( EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. Samples were received in good condition unless otherwise noted. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. This report may contain data that is not covered by the NVLAP accreditation. Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Depew, NY NYS ELAP 11606 Initial Report From 05/03/2018 10:42:39 1 Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 5/3/2018 12:28:54 PM THIS IS THE LAST PAGE OF THE REPORT. Page 4 OrderlD: 141801966 o o 01 0 0 )n CN X tc) .‹) 0 F, CNI 0 ou ?c .: c c 0 Generator Room Extenor Man Door' Louvre Cauik Generator Room Exterior Man Door/ Louvre Caulk Generotor Room Interior Mari Door/ Louvre Caulk Generotor Room Interior Mari Door/ Louvre Caulk y Outside Generator Room Wrap on Exter or Generator Exhaust Insulation ide Generator Room 0 0 0 E.' uorinsui pnopig Jomieuae Joua;x3 uo (kJ a Areaway Outside Generator Room ior Generator Exhaust Insulation E 0 0 0 0 0 0 1) 0 0 a - o Exterior Generator Exhousi Insulation E 0 0 CL c 0 .71 0 0 0 a Exterior Generator Exhaust Insulation Page 1 Of 2 0 0 Red Duct Seo 0 0 0 E Duct Sealant 0) ce E 0 0 ne 0 0 erior Insulation Generator Exhaust I Generotor Room 0 0 0 nerator Exhaust Ir 0 nerator Room Generator Exhaust Interior Insulation ay Outside Generator Room 0 Areaway_Outside Generator Room 0 0 6 0 0 0 44,Q I 1 0 0 T.” CO 0 0. 0 cc, 0 09 04 0) 0 0 0 Relinquished By: 0 0. 0 0 E 0 Cr) E 0 _c _c 0 0 0 0 0 a. ;93 to 0 0- 0 0 .5; 0 a) _c t Oj 0 0 _c 0 00 0 o 0 0 w 13 c E E 0> U NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH WADSWORTH CENTER CERTIFICATE OF ed in accordance with and MS. RHONDA R. MCGEE EMSL ANALYTICAL INC 490 ROWLEY ROAD DEPE'W, NY 14043 Miscellaneous Asbestos in Friable Material Expires 12:01 AM April 01, 2019 Issued April 01, 2018 PROVAL FOR LABORATORY SERVICE nt to section 502 Public Health Law of New York State NY Lab Id No: 11606 is hereby APPROVED as an Environmental Laboratory for the category ENVIRONMENTAL. ANALYSES SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE All approved subcategories and/or analytes are listed below: Asbestos in Non -Friable Material -PLM Asbestos in Non -Friable Material -TEM item 198.1 of Mafia) EPA 600/M4/821020 Item 198.6 of Manual (NOB by PLM) Item 198.4 of Manual Serial No.: 57852 Property of the New -Yak State Departmental Health. Certiftcetes am valid only at the address shown, must be consptcuousty posted. and are printed on secure paper. Continued accreditation depends on successful ongoing participation in th4 Program. Consumers are urged to call (618)485-6670 to verify the laboratory's accreditation status. Page 1 of 1 0 ca co 4,3 Tro 7025:2005 NVLAP LAB CODE: 200056-0 0) V Asbestos Fiber Analysis e yV V N ° C M NC aa 1® 11.1 Ct3 N c 0 0 03 tct yy ®V ®V tizz W ®® q® p ^.•' i4mv W V ro oo v c 0 o COv U r RI E0 a c c� E '13 co U co c o o coo o .41co v co. ti 2017-07-01 through 2018-06-30 Effective Dates (1NationalLaboratoryNational Voluntary Accreditation Program SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION TO ISO/IEC 17025:2005 EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road Depew, NY 14043 Ms. Rhonda McGee Phone: (716) 651-0030 Fax: (716) 651-0394 Email: rmcgee@emsl.com http://www.emsl.com/ ASBESTOS FIBER ANALYSIS NVLAP LAB CODE 200056-0 Bulk Asbestos Analysis Code Description 18/A01 EPA — Appendix E to Subpart E of Part 763 — Interim Method of the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples 18/A03 EPA 600/R-93/116: Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials Airborne Asbestos Analysis Code Description 18/A02 U.S. EPA's "Interim Transmission Electron Microscopy Analytical Methods -Mandatory and Nonmandatory -and Mandatory Section to Determine Completion of Response Actions" as found in 40 CFR, Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix A. For the Nat'l Volunta Accreditation Program Effective 2017-07-01 through 2018-06-30 Page 1 of 1 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS ARCHITEClURI & ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 44 W 28'h Street, 5th Floor Buffalo, NY 14203 New York, NY 10001 New York State — Department of Labor Division of Safety and HealthCampus, e License and Certificate 12 Albany. NY 12240 ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE RLE NUMBER: 12-68007 LICENSE NUMBER: 68007 LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTED DATE OF ISSUE: 08/24/2017 EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2018 Watts Architecture & Engineering, D.P.C. Suite 300 95 Perry Street Buffalo, NY 14203 Duly Authorized Representative — Edward Watts: This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1) serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos material. This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New York State have been issued an Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department ofLabor. SH 432 (8/12) Eileen M. Franko, Director For the Commissioner of Labor WATTS Architecture.& Engioeering 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS AR CH ITE CTU RC ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 Buffalo, NY 14203 Sl'ATE PF NEW YQPRI(m'''AD'‘ER''FIK' ,17 AsBE,51-6§c.R-TiricATE` , ' CiASS(EXP1RES) C ATEC(04/19) D 1NSP(04/19) H (04/18) PD 11111111111111111111111111 IF FOUND RETURN TO: EYES HAZ NYSDOL - L&C UNIT HAIR BRO ROOM 161A BUILDING 12 HGT 6' 07" STATE OFFICE CAMPUS ALBANY NY 12240 Mark Beyer C — Air Sampling Technician D - Inspector H — Project Monitor I — Project Designer 44 W 28th Street, 5th Floor New York, NY 10001 WATTS Arc eure & Engin Er, ering WATT S ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 Buffalo, New Yor14203 p: 716.206.5100 f: 716.206.5199 w: www.watts-ae.com architecture | engineering' environmental May 4,2Ol8 Mr. Dale Houseknecht Asbestos Project Coordinator Project Services Group Cornell University 119A Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 RE: Lynah Ice Rink — Facility Code 28l3 536 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10789644 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report Dear Mr. Houseknecht: Watts Architecture & Engineering (Wafts) was retained by Cornell University Facilities Management to perform testing for asbestos -containing materials (ACM) that may be disturbed within the Lynah Ice Rink as part of the Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Project. This letter report contains the results of Watts' survey and the results of analytical testing of bulk samples collected by Watts. The field work was conducted on May 1, 2018 and included the foliowing: • A visual site inspection to idenlify suspect ACM. • Collection and laboratory analysis for asbestos content of sampies from identified suspect materials. • Documentation of sample locations on a sample location drawing and chain -of -custody form; and • Photographs. ASBESTOS'CONTA|NJNG MATERIALS The inspection included the collection of nine (9) bulk samples to represent four (4) homogeneous materials identified as suspecasbestos-containing material (ACM). ACM is defined as any mciterial containing more than one percent (1%) of asbestos. Based on the laboratory analysis and visual observations, no/CM has been identified within the project Mr. Dale Houseknecht — Asbestos Project Coordinator Lynah Ice Rink — Facility Code 2613 536 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10789644 Targeted Asbestos Testing Leffer Report NON -ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS The following materials were sampled by Wafts as part o{ this investigation and determined to be non - ACM: • Drywall. • Joint compound. • Joint tape. • Generator exhaust insulation. This section includes information on all suspect ACM sampled including the following: the homogeneous materials identified, their corresponding sample numbers, analytical results and whether or not they are ACM. Description St:iniF)le Location Type Sample Number Results (Vo Asbestos) ACM TEM Drywall Joint Compound Joint Tape Generator Exhaust Insulation Office Adjacent to Mechanical Room Office Adjacent to Mechanical Room Office Adjacent to Mechanical Room Mechanical Room ND = None Detected NA = Not Analyzed NA/PS = Not Analyzed/Posifive Stop Non -ACM = Final residue <1% of original subsample � � � T Y = Yes N = No l 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND S = Surfacing T = Thermal System Insulation M = Miscellaneous NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NANA N N N Bulk samples were delivered with the chain-of-custodyform to EMSL Analytical, Inc. (EMSL) in Depew, NY. EMSL is a New York State accredited laboratory that is a participant in the Environmental Laboratory Approval Program (ELAP) and National Voluntary Laboratory Approval Program (NVLAP). Friable materials were analyzed using Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) using Method 1 98.1. Non -friable organically bound (NOB) materials underwent gravimetric reduction prior to being analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Method 198.6. In addition, if NOB samples were negative by PLM, they were further analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) Method 198.4. Page 2 of 4 Mr. Dale Houseknecht — Asbestos Project Coordinator Lynah Ice Rink — Facility Code 2613 536 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order — 10789644 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report Observations/Recommendations No ACM is anticipated be disturbed within the proect limits. The laboratory analysis on samples of suspect materials were all determined to be non -ACM. No other suspect ACM was identified during this assessment. Site Photographs Photo 1: View of generator exhaust insuotion. The insulation is non -ACM, Page 3 of 4 Mr. Dale Houseknecht -- Asbestos Project Coordinator Lynah Ice Rink — Facility Code 2613 536 Campus Rd., Ithaca, NY 14853 Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Work Order -- 10789644 Targeted Asbestos Testing Letter Report Photo 2: Office in mechanical room which lies in the path of the proposed conduit run. The sample location drawing, laboratory report, chain -of -custody form, laboratory accreditations and Watts' license and certifications are attached. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please contact me at (716) 206-5164, Sincerely, WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING Mark A. Beyer Environmental Consultant Attachments Page 4 of 4 7,8,9 GENERATOR ( 2 (1 ATs 1,3,5 SWITCHBOARD - 1200A 120/208V XFMR 500KVA 480V -120/208V EM -1 SERVICE - DISCONNECT 480V 600A 2,4,6 Cornell University Lynah Rink Sample Location Drawing X Indicates approximate sample location WATTS ARCHITECTURE & eft ENGINEERING Allr EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394 htto.//www.EMSL.com buffalolabeem sLcom EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectlD: 141801969 WATT50 attn: Mark Beyer Watts Architecture & Engineering 95 Perry Street Suite 300 Buffalo, NY 14203 Project: 18014 / Cornell Generator Upgrades: Lynah Rink Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (716) 206-5100 (716) 206-5199 05/02/18 1:11 PM 5/3/2018 5/1/2018 Test Sample ID 1 141801969-0001 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Analyzed Date 5/3/2018 Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Color Description Homogeneity Gray PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Non Asbestos Fibrous Drywall Homogeneous 2.00% Cellulose 2.00% Glass Non -Fibrous 96.00% Non-fibrous (other) Asbestos None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 2 141801969-0002 Description Drywall Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Gray 5.00% Cellulose 93.00% Non-fibrous (other) 2.00% Glass PLM NYS 198.6 VCM .M NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 3 141801969-0003 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable Description Joint Compound Homogeneity Homogeneous 5/3/2018 White 100.00% Non-fibrous (other) PLM NYS 198.6 VCM None Detected Not Analyzed PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 4 141801969-0004 Description Joint Compound Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 White PLM NYS 198.6 VCM 100.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 5 141801969-0005 Description Joint Tape Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 White 90.00% Cellulose 10.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed (initial Report From 05/03/2018 12:05:38 Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 5/3/2018 12:05:38 PM Page 1 Test EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043 Phone/Fax: (716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394 14101/viww.EMSL.com uffalolab(&emstcorn EMSL Order: 141801969 CustomerlD: WATT50 CustomerPO: ProjectID: Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material Color Fibrous Non Asbestos Non -Fibrous Asbestos Sample ID 6 141801969-0006 PLM NYS 198.1 Friable PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Description Joint Tape Homogeneity Homogeneous 5/3/2018 While 90.00% Cellulose PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB 10.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 7 Description Generator Exhaust Insulation 141801969-0007 Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Tan 5 00% Glass 80.00% Non-fibrous (other) 15,00% Cellulose PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Sample ID 8 141801969-0008 Description Generator Exhaust Insulation Homogeneity Homogeneous PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Tan PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB Sample ID g 141801969-0009 500% Glass 15.00% Cellulose Description Generator Exhaust insulation Homogeneity Homogeneous 80.00% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 5/3/2018 Tan 25,00% Cellulose 70.00% Non-fibrous (other) 5,00% Glass PLM NYS 198.6 VCM PLM NYS 198.6 NOB TEM NYS 198.4 NOB None Detected ,--J---- - Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Not Analyzed Analyst(s) Shauna Strnad Rhonda McGee, Labora ory Manager or other approved signatory NOB = Non Friable Organically Bound N/A = Not Applicable VCM = Vermiculite Containing Material -In New York State, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if NOB materials can be considered or treated as non -asbestos containing. All samples examined for the presence of vermiculite when analyzed via NYS 198.1. -NYS Guidelines for Vermiculite containing samples are available at htto://www.wadsworth.oro/labcertielaocert/formsfVermiculiteinterlmGuldance Rev070913.odf EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced. except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client Samples were received in good condition unless otherwise noted. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP. NIST, or any agency of the federal government. This report may contain data that is not covered by the NVLAP accreditation. Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical. rnc. Depew, NY NYS ELAP 11606 (initial Report From 05/03/2018 12:05:38 Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 5/3/2018 12:05:38 PM THIS IS THE LAST PAGE OF THE REPORT. Page 2 OrderID: 141801969 Watts Project No.: 18014 -o wc0 Page 1 Of 1 NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH WADSWORTH CENTER Expires 12:01 AM April 01, 2019 Issued April 01, 2018 CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL FOR LABORATORY SERVICE Issued in accordance with and pursuant to section 502 Public Health Law of New York State MS. RHONDA R. MCGEE EMSL ANALYTICAL INC 490 ROWLEY ROAD DEPEW, NY 14043 Miscellaneous Asbestos in Friable Material NY Lab Id No: 11606 is hereby APPROVED as an Environmental Laboratory for the category ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSES SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE All approved subcategories and/or analytes are listed below: Asbestos in Non -Friable Material -PLM Asbestos in Non -Friable Material -TEM Item 198.1 of Manual EPA 600/M4/82/020 Item 198.6 of Manual (NOB by PLM) Item 198.4 of Manual Serial No.: 57852. Property of the New Yak Slate Department of H aslth. Certificates are valid arty at the address shown, must be conspicuously potted, and are printed on secure paper. Continued accreditation depends on successful ongoing participation to the Program. Consumers ere urged to mil (518) 485-5670 to verify the laboratoryra accreditation status. Page 1 of 1 co u) • 7025:2005 NVLAP LAB CODE: 200056-0 Q) U ®W" Yl co • t m G ° c- - 0•0 o• 0 N CI y CC A v CO PA 0 0 cow v Asbestos Fiber Analysis • y4 V triN ^ CV SU sr - as 41w QM p CO 0 Ca CV O BV c V c.v, c 13 0 o c COo •C U -- C Q. 0 U -03, a ca Q V. o e. go '15 ti M 0 bo 0 ri N N Effective Dates Y[1_,A ® Ration Program 1 Hl :t"Fc\* SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION TO ISO/IEC 17025:2005 EMSL Analytical, Inc. 490 Rowley Road Depew, NY 14043 Ms. Rhonda McGee Phone: (716) 651-0030 Fax: (716) 651-0394 Email: rincgee@emsl.com http://www.emsl.com/ ASBESTOS FIBER ANALYSIS NVLAP LAB CODE 200056-0 Bulk Asbestos Analysis Code Description 18/A01 EPA — Appendix E to Subpart E of Part 763 — Interim Method of the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples 18/A03 EPA 600/R-93/116: Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials Airborne Asbestos Analysis Code 18/A02 Description U.S. EPA's "Interim Transmission Electron Microscopy Analytical Methods -Mandatory and Nonmandatory -and Mandatory Section to Determine Completion of Response Actions" as found in 40 CFR, Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix A. For the National Valenta L borat. 4 Accreditation Program Effective 2017-07-01 through 2018-06-30 Page 1 of 1 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 Buffalo, NY 14203 New York State -- Department of Labor Divksion of Safety and Health License and Cettificade Una State Carnpus, Si.iilding 12 Albany. NY 12240 ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE 44 W 28th Street, 5th Floor New York, NY 10001 Watts Architecture & Engineering, D.P.C. FILE NUMBER: 12-68007 Suite 300 LICENSE NUMBER: 68007 LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTED 95 Perry Street Buffalo, NY 14203 DATE OF ISSUE: 08/24/2017 EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2018 Duly Authorized Representative — Edward Watts: This license has been issued in accordance with applical?le provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1) serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestoS material. This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New York State have been issued an :Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor. SH 432 (8/12) Eileen M. Franko, Director For the Commissioner of Labor WATTS Architeclure Engineerinc,1 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS ARCHITECTURE- & ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 44 W 28`h Street, 5'h Floor Buffalo, NY 14203 New York, NY 10001 S h STATE OF NEW YORK - DEPARTMENT OF tABOIt ASBEST°S CER'rIFICATE I ' A.:, MARK A BEYER "0,-k.'', , C ATEC(o4/19) D INSP(04/19) , \ 44,, 1 ... ,.,t MUST BE CARRIED ON ASBESTOS F'ROJECTS r 14 M q qa H ISH 1111111111111111111111111111 '211 IF FOUND RETURN TO: EYES RAZ NYSDOL - LAC UNIT rat g HAIR BRO ROOM 161A BUILDING 12 " HGT 6' 07" STATE OFFICE CAMPUS ALBANY NY 12240 = "". 8 61.11 Mark Beyer C - Air Sampling Technician D - Inspector H - Project Monitor - Project Designer -x eJIer ce NA/ A 'T T 9 Architecture 8= Engineering WATT 5 ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING architectureengin May 4, 2018 eering I Mr. Dale Houseknecht Cornell University Asbestos Project Coordinator 116 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, NY 14853 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 Buffalo, New York 14203 p: 716.206.5100 f: 716.206.5199 w: www.watts-ae.com environmental RE: Weill Hall — Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Project Work Order 10788504, Facility Code 1014 Targeted Asbestos Testing Report Dear Mr. Houseknecht: Watts Architecture & Engineering (Watts) was retained by Cornell University to conduct a targeted survey for asbestos -containing materials (ACM) that will be disturbed as part of the Corson Mudd Emergency Generator Interconnect Project. The purpose of this survey was to determine the presence and location of ACM that may be disturbed as a result of the proposed work. A site visit was performed on May 1, 2018. Watts' representative made observations along the path of the proposed conduit installation. Concrete walls and ceilings as well as metal conduit supports were observed within the path of installation, all of which are considered non -suspect materials. The foundation was inspected sub -grade and no moisture barrier material was observed. Based on the observations made at the time of the site visit, no suspect ACM was observed within Weill Hall that will be disturbed as a result of this project. Watts' license and personnel certifications are attached. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please contact me at (716) 206-5164. Sincerely, WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING Mark A. Beyer Environmental Consultant Mr. Dole Houseknecht Cornell University Weill Hall Corson Mudd Emergency Generator lnterconnect Project Work Order 10788504, Facility Code 1014 Targeted Asbestos Testing Report View of typical condition in path of proposed conduit installation. No suspect ACM was identified. View of the building foundation. No suspecACM was identified. Page 2 of 2 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 44 W 28'h Street, 5`h Floor Buffalo, NY 14203 New York, NY 10001 New York State — Department, of Labor _ Division or Safety and Health License and Cettlficale Una,' State Campus, Building 12 Albany, NY 12240 ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE Watts Architecture 8, Engineering, D.P.C. FILE NUMBER: 12-68007 Suite 300 LICENSE NUMBER: 68007 95 Perry Street LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTED DATE OF ISSUE: 08/24/2017 Buffalo, NY 14203 EXPIRATION DATE: 09/3012018 Duly Authorized Representative -- Edward Watts' This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 30 of' the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1) serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos material. This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos projectworksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New York State have been issued an Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor. SH 432 (8/12) Eileen M. Franko, Director For the Commissioner of Labor WATTS Architecture & Engineering 120 E. Washington St., Suite 414 Syracuse, NY 13202 WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING 95 Perry Street, Suite 300 44 W 2e Street, 5'h Floor Buffalo, NY 14203 New York, NY 10001 MARK -BefER CLASS(F_XPIRES) ,„ C ATEC(04/19) D 11\1513(04/19) " :i`1"911 1 811) MUST BE CARRIED ON ASBESTOS PROJECTS EYES RAZ HAIR 0 A' EST 6 07" ma X = = gsg. 1111111111111111111111111111 IF FOUND RETURN TO: NYSDOL - L&C UNIT ROOM 161A BUILDING 12 STATE OFFICE CAMPUS ALBANY NY 12240 Mark Beyer C Air Sampling Technician D - Inspector H - Project Monitor I - Project Designer WATT53 A itecture (3, FASseerina CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENE L ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner's Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 35 44 - Spill Control 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00— Submittals: 1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil and granular materials ("borrow"). 2. Contractor's Waste Material Disposal Plan. 3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier. 4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management. 5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials. 6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site. 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERAL 01 35 43-1 GENE ' ' TOR INTERCONNECT ENVIRONMENTAL May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL REQUIREMENTS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS B. If at any time operations under the representative's supervision do not comply with this Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications. 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE A. In accordance with Section 01 14 00, only that portion of the working area that is absolutely necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction. All clearing should be approved and performed to provide minimum practical exposure of soils. B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or environmental quality of the area. C. Topsoil excavated as part of the Project, which can be reused as part of the Project, shall be stockpiled for future use and temporarily stabilized to prevent erosion. 1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW A. Spoil 1. Dispose of excavated material which, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, is unfit to be used as backfill or embankment or which is in excess of the amount required under the Contract. 2. All spoil areas shall be graded and seeded to match the surrounding area. 3. Spoil areas shall be covered and protected from erosion into adjacent storm sewers, drainage ways, land areas, or water bodies. B. Borrow Material 1. Borrow material shall be provided from a clean source. Submittals of proposed borrow material shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to delivery on-site. Submittals shall include the quantity of materials, source location and certification by the material supplier that it is free of chemicals or other foreign matter. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERAL GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT ENVIRONMENTAL WITH WEILL HALL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise -muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements 1.8 DUST CONTROL A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the duration of construction. B. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor's expense, employ alternative means to control dust. C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA. 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to: 1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. 2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters. 3. Pumping of any silt -laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters. 4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERAL 01 35 43-3 GENE ' , TOR INTERCONNECT ENVIRONMENTAL May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL REQUIREMENTS CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 0135 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or specifically approved by the Owner's site representative. 6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream. 7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials. B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work. C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer. D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner's Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 Spill Control Procedures. 1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK A. Obtain approval from the Owner's Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing plans to the Owner's Representative in writing. The following shall require approval of the Owner: 1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections. 2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air emissions. B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner's Representative. 1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) for guidance. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERAL 0135 43-4 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT ENVIRONMENTAL May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL REQUIREMENTS CORNELL Ithaca, New C. D. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor's performance or failure to perform hereunder. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" to the Owner's Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. B. The "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" form, together with definitions associated with the form waste descriptions. Forms may be downloaded at: https://ipp.cornell.edu/content/forms-and-templates#V-Z C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 43*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-5 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL SECTION 0135 44 SPILL CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects: 1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site. 2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products. 3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in accordance with all fire and safety codes. B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such materials. 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the following procedures shall be followed: A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall: 1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1. 3). CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SPILL CONTROL GENE TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 0135 44-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area. 3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety. a. Stop the spill at once (if possible). b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.). c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area. d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread. e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source. f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill. g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified. h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion. i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment. B. Spill Cleanup: 1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated. a. Use proper waste containers. b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible or reactive substances in the same container. c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SPILL CONTROL GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 35 44-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid. e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill. f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product. g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor. h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B. C. Fire or Explosion: 1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall: a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified. b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel. c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area. d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so. e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers. f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SPILL CONTROL GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 35 44-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if required. The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457- 7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply: TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING CRITERIA DESCRIPTION Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons. Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment. Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious surface. Cleanup The spill must be cleaned -up within two hours of occurrence. Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto surface water. A release of a "reportable quantity"1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or "harmful quantities"2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802. Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible: 1. The date and time of the spill or release. 2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance. 3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event. 4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill. 5. The source of the release or spill. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SPILL CONTROL GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 35 44-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill. 7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution. 8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site. 9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation. 10. The extent of injuries, if any. 11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals. 12. Assistance required, if any. If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675. 2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases. °Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner's spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you. (2)Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3). 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 44*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY SPILL CONTROL GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 35 44-5 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe, fill, street use and building demolition. 1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly scheduled Owner's meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (A1 -IJ). B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a "Notification of Demolition and Renovation" and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner's Representative prior to any demolition. C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained through the City of Ithaca. D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting: 1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Uniform Code of New York State. 2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration —Level 1; Alteration — Level 2; Alteration — Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for this type of work. 3. Work classified as a 'Repair' under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department. 1.2 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all service charges, pavement cuts and repairs. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY REGULATORY GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT REQUIREMENTS WITH WEILL HALL 01 41 00-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If not permit fees were required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 41 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY REGULATORY 01 41 00-2 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT REQUIREMENTS May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings. B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. C. Install All Work in Compliance with: 1. NYS Uniform Code a. International Building Code b. International Residential Code c. International Existing Building Code d. International Fire Code e. Intemational Plumbing Code f. Intemational Mechanical Code g. Intemational Fuel Gas Code h. International Property Maintenance Code i. Uniform Code Supplement 2. NYS Energy Code a. International Energy Conservation Code b. ASHRAE 90.1 c. Energy Code Supplement 3. National Electric Code CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101. 6. All local ordinances 7. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. "General": Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Contract Documents": The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. C. "The Contract": The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. D. "The Work": The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated in such construction. E. "Owner": Cornell University a New York corporation. F. "Architect/Engineer": The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative. G. "Contractor": The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction Agreement contract is made by Owner. H. "Subcontractor": A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor. I. "As Approved" or "Approved": Architect's or Owner's approval. J. "As Directed": Owner's direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES K. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." L. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. M. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. 0. "Reinstall". To place back into a former position. P. "Replace". Provide a substitute for. Q. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. R. "Concealed': Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable. S. "Exposed": All capital Work not identified as concealed. T. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. U. "As -Built Documents": Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction. V. "Record Drawings": Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The "record" drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as -built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor. W. "Shop Drawings": Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work. X. "Samples": Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. Y. "General Conditions": The standardized contractual provisions describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction contract. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-3 May 16, 2018 CORN ELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES Z. "Contract Limit Lines": A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes. AA. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are directions given to the Contractor; 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS A. Cornell University and the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are members of the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as follows: Local #241 - International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Local #267 - United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters Local #281 - United Brotherhood of Carpenters Local #3NY - International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers Local #178 - International Union of Painters and Allied Trades Local #112 - International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers Local #785 - Laborers International Union of North America The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows: All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees covered by this agreement. 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov (800) 872-2253 (202) 272-0080 CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800 Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800 wwvv.gpoaccess.govicfriindex.html FS Federal Specification Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil (215) 697-6257 Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS AA A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-5 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-6 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org A1TC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org Air -Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air -Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-7 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-8 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-9 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 www.fmglobal.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 0142 00-10 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-11 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York MHIA Material Handling Industry of America www.mhia.org MIA Marble Institute of America www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES (800) 345-1815 (704) 676-1190 (440) 250-9222 (888) 674-8937 (703) 281-6613 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamrn.org (800) 797-6623 (281) 228-6200 NACE NACE International (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.nairna.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-12 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 www.nofma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsforg NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700 www.nybfu.org CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-13 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org PTI Post -Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service www.calredwood.org SAE SAE International www.sae.org SBI Steel Boiler Institute (888) 225-7339 (415) 382-0662 (877) 606-7323 (724) 776-4841 SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-14 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177 www.tileroofing.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962 www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 ::I Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 2444700 WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA Westem Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 0142 00-16 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials www.iapmo.org SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES (909) 472-4100 ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. www.icc-es.org NEC National Electric Code (800) 423-6587 (562) 699-0543 C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-17 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 42 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-18 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC) program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program. 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection: 1. Pre -Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre -installations are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre -installation meeting. When practical, pre- installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. a. Agenda to include the following: i. Appointment ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project. iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required. iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements. v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements. vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work. vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners consideration. viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500. ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the Work. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY QUALITY CONTROL GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 45 00-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410. xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment. xii. Special safety requirements and procedures. b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting: i. Project Manager. ii. Project Field Supervisor iii. Subcontractor iv. Architect's Representative v. Owner's Representative vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable vii. Testing Agency, when applicable 2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that the materials and equipment are on hand. 3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract requirements. 4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular work. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf' items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the completed project. 1.4 TESTING A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship requirements. 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e -Builder to track non -conforming materials or sub -standard workmanship identified by Owner's Representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 45 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY QUALITY CONTROL GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 45 00-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPO Y FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University may direct. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and services. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor's option. B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications. 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site. B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPO ' . 'Y 01 50 00-1 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site. Any fire watches as a result of construction operations are the responsibility of the Contractor. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire - prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 1. Impairments "Fire Code of NYS Section 901.7". Impairment; "the removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building." There are two different levels of impairments a. Partial Impairment. The removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be performed. Basic Impairment Notification will be sent to Local Authority Having Jurisdiction and FM Global. No fire watch will be required in most cases. b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm "system" or sprinkler "system". Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler system at the same time is not allowed. Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority Having Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service. Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person's name and contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. 2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards. 3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system. 4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPORARY 01 50 00-2 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas. 6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire -protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. 7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use. 8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire -protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction. C. Enforce fire -safety discipline: 1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location. 2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project. 3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions. 4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings. 5. Closely supervise welding and torch -cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions. 6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel. D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL TEMPO' Y 01 50 00-3 FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, fall protection, harness, tie -off points, and other such equipment. B. When permanent stair .framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel. C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition. 2.5 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect. B. Any and all supports that are of "custom" fabrication or installation shall be designed by the Contractor's NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations provided for same. 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets. 2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials. 3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. 4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental conditions and effects. B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from construction work. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPO' , 'Y 01 50 00-4 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards. a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture. b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire -retardant paint as required by local fire regulations. 2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible. 3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible. 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of water at all times. B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor. 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION A. Preserve and protect existing trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site. B. Consult with Owner, and remove agreed -on roots and branches which interfere with construction. 1. Employ certified arborist to remove, and to treat cuts. C. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference Cornell University Design Standards and Details for wood and chain fencing below. D. Protect root zones of trees, plants and lawn areas: I. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking. 2. Do not store materials or products. 3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPORARY 01 50 00-5 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. E. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. F. Replace, or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations. G. Roots 2 inches or larger that are damaged or cut during construction are to be sawed off close to the tree side of the excavation by certified arborist. H. During the leafing -out period in the spring, extra care should be exercised to reduce root damage such as keeping exposed roots wet, saturating soil when backfilling around roots, and backfilling as soon as possible. I. Consult Cornell University Grounds Department for mitigation of roof or tree damage. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPO ' . 'Y 01 50 00-6 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York m x 0 -1 m c, 4 --1 ffi 6 X ----- 0 0, 0 c> z •.] ''''''5 ; § 4-44 0 5 4 $ 311 33 8 0 4 cn g 9 q XI i I g a c m c) m V q 4,--, z fli F: E '19' z S? i -r-i 2 0 •F g ''; r 11 •rz 0" fc gl 4 A 0 3 t , 'al fi; t, 0 -i! 512 3 71 1 'a fig A0 1 b. I Fi TEMPO SECTION 01 50 00 Y FACILITIES D CONTROLS R 33til :1101=3 0 110S ONV S100SEIMHS S33 sq. 42, 92 g 0 g r— REVIEWED SY: .Er EWER (Y30.0017 REVISED OY; OC OA7E: 2;16.'417 c'ONSTROCIICN TAMIAAD CORNELL UNIVERSITY CELL LlaRARY CIVILSID_OFT CELL. NAME WIERFE DOC WIN,' 412E: ,1).17 DETAIL NO. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL TEMPO ' • ' Y 01 50 00-7 FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2.9 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect all personnel, employees, and the public, against hazards on, adjacent to or accessing the construction site. 1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards. 2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA -approved signs, as well as, proper barricades. 3. Provide flag personnel as necessary to guide vehicles, protect personnel, public and employees. 2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Provide adequate temporary roads and walks to achieve all-weather access into the site from public thoroughfares, and within and adjacent to the site as necessary to provide uninterrupted access to field offices, work and storage areas. B. Grade and provide drainage facilities to assure runoff of rainwater and to avoid blockage of flow from adjacent areas. C. During dry weather wet down temporary unpaved areas when necessary to prevent blowing dust. 2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. B. Owner Construction Project Sign. The Contractor shall install Owner provided project identification signage. 2.12 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the Owner. 2.13 FIELD OFFICES A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of the Contractor and Owner. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPORARY 01 50 00-8 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. 1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the Work. 2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents. 3.2 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40. B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality specified for the original installation. E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site. F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner's Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week. G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. 2. At completion of the Project. B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL TEMPO Y 01 50 00-9 FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and utilities. 2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes, and clean the area. ***END OF SECTION 01 50 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL TEMPO' 'Y 01 50 00-10 FACILITIES AND May 16, 2018 CONTROLS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPO SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION , 0 Y UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades for construction. Remove on completion of Work. B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and distribution. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition. B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its operations as possible as long as such connections do not over -load the capacity of the Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power. The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor. C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPORARY UTILITIES GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 51 00-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected. The required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours. All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code. E. The minimum temporary outdoor security lighting to be provided is as follows: 1. Along the perimeter of the site fence, consisting of vandal -resistant light fixtures with HID lamps, located 150 foot center, mounted on the inside of the construction fence. 2. Lighting for temporary pedestrian paths and roadways, to provide a minimum of 0.1 foot-candle on the path of travel. F. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls, fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat. G. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges relating to shutdowns. H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal The Contractor shall: 1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby. 2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. 2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR A. Use of Existing Elevator 1. If the Contractor elects to use the existing elevator equipment, the Contractor shall: a. Provide adequate protection for such equipment and shall operate such equipment within a capacity not to exceed that allowed by law, rule or regulation. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPORARY UTILITIES GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 51 00-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES b. Provide for the maintenance and cleaning of the elevator equipment as approved by the Owner's Representative. c. Prior to start of construction, accurately record the condition of the existing elevator. Promptly repair or replace items that are damaged as a result of Contractor's use. Service calls that arise as a result of Contractor misuse will be charged to the Contractor. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use. d. Use only elevators designated by Owner's Representative at dates and times designated by Owner's Representative. Dates and times available for Contractor's use shall be scheduled with, and at the convenience of, the Owner, and may vary during the course of the Project. e. Owner will not provide elevator operators or other monitoring of elevator use. f. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. g. Provide code compliant protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator maintenance contractor to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required. h. Procure and coordinate the elevator maintenance contractor to gain access to the elevator shaft as required to complete the work 2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary for constructing the Work. B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating system shall in no way constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work. C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written maintenance plan for acceptance by the Owner's Representative, prior to utilizing the equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts, lubrication, operation outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing. 1. If the Contractor elects to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat, the Contractor shall provide filters with a minimum MERV of 8 at each return -air grille in system, maintain to keep them free of dust and debris, replace if necessary and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 — Project Closeout. D. Any temporary system shall be removed when no longer required. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPO GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 1 Y UTILITIES 01 51 00-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES E. During heating cycles the enclosures separating the interior building areas from outside shall be maintained closed to conserve heat energy. F. The Contractor shall provide for ventilation of all structures until Physical Completion of the Work and shall control such ventilation to avoid excessive moisture levels and rates of drying of construction materials, including but not limited to concrete and to plaster, and to prevent condensation on sensitive surfaces. The Contractor shall be responsible for any moisture intrusion that is detrimental to the Project. 2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times. B. Provide phone number to Cornell project representatives for communication during Work. 2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during construction. The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean and sanitary conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services associated with such usage. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition. ***END OF SECTION 01 51 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY TEMPO GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL Y UTILITIES 01 51 00-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 23 Ithaca, New York HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain existing or temporary building heating systems to accomplish the following: 1. Protect the existing facility and facility plumbing systems against damage due to cold temperatures. 2. Provide sufficient heat so that the Work can be accomplished in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Maintain construction schedules as required by the Contract. B. Include in the bid price an amount necessary to provide Construction Heat as required. C. Existing central steam systems may be used to the extent that they do not interfere with the safe and effective completion of Work. However, any modifications to existing systems shall be corrected prior to the conclusion of work. D. No natural gas is available to the facility for temporary heat. E. At the conclusion of the project the facility heating systems shall be returned to functional order as necessary to protect the building and facility plumbing systems. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall include in the bid the cost of the temporary heat. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs to the facility necessitated by the failure to provide heat during any portion of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 51 23*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY HEAT DURING GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT CONSTRUCTION WITH WEILL HALL 01 51 23-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STO SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION GE AND PROTECTION A. Receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source. B. Obscure from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas. 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction space. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage. 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with the daily functioning of the Institution. B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds. C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY STORAGE AND GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT PROTECTION WITH WEILL HALL 01 66 00-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus. E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work. F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment. 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road location shall be stored at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss. B. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at Palm Road storage site associated with the Contractor's storage. C. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes "no" warranty regarding any security at the Palm Road site. D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination caused by the Contractor's storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was found. E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally. F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is permitted at the Palm Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents. G. Unoccupied storage containers not within the project fence shall be labeled in the Cornell standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305 West Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone - 607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579, Email — db@ithacaplastics.com. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY STORAGE AND GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT PROTECTION WITH WEILL HALL 01 66 00-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.5 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work. B. Protection of Utilities 1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage. 2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of its operation. C. Protective Covering 1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows: a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades. b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner. c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires on wheels. d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation. e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including but not limited to flooring, wood in -fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY STORAGE AND GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT PROTECTION WITH WEILL HALL 01 66 00-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products, including Owner -provided products, and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas. C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel. D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 66 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY STORAGE AND GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT PROTECTION WITH WEILL HALL 01 66 00-4 May 16, 2018 CO ' ELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION FIELD ENGINEERING A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering services required for the Project. 1. Survey work required in execution of the Project. 2. Verify grades, lines, levels and dimensions shown on Drawings. 3. Lay out Work from established control points and bench marks. 4. Coordinate the Work of all trades. 5. It may be necessary at times to discontinue portions of Contractor's work in order that the Owner's Representative may check measurements or surveys without interruptions or other interferences that might impair the accuracy of the results. At any time, on request of the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall discontinue its work to such extent as may be necessary for this purpose and shall cooperate in all reasonable means to the extent of providing labor, tools, or materials to assist the Owner's Representative in making measurements and surveys. 6. Notwithstanding anything set forth above, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to complete the works within the tolerances of lines and grades as given on the drawings. No direct payment or claim for additional compensation will be allowed the Contractor for any work or delay occasioned by the Owner's Representative establishing or checking lines or grades or making other measurements, and no extension of time will be allowed for such delays. B. Owner's Representative will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes indicated on the drawings, as required. 1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR A. The Surveyor shall be a registered civil engineer or registered land surveyor, licensed in the state in which the Project is located and acceptable to the Owner. 1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are those designated on drawings. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY FIELD ENGINEERING GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 71 23-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING B. Locate and protect control points prior to occupation of the site, and preserve all reference points during construction. 1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written approval of the Architect and Owner. 2. Report to Owner when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. 3. Require surveyor to replace reference points which may be lost or destroyed. a. Establish replacements based on original survey control. C. The Contractor shall provide and shall maintain axis lines on each floor and shall establish and shall maintain grade marks 4' 0" above the finished floor on each floor level. D. The Contractor shall furnish such stakes and other required equipment, tools and materials, and all labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work. 1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Prior to start of construction operations, review and verify figures shown on Drawings and on surveys furnished by Owner. B. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate means for site improvements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil replacement, utility slopes and invert elevations, batter boards for structures, foundations, column locations and floor levels, and controlling lines and levels required for the mechanical and electrical trades. C. From time to time, verify layouts by the same methods. 1.5 RECORDS A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses. 1. Make available to Architect and Owner on request: field books, notes, logs and other data developed in performing survey and control work. 2. Maintain a record plan at field office for the information and use of all parties, recording reference points, control points and bench marks. B. On completion of foundations and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey showing all dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and turn over to Owner. Submit copies of certified survey in accordance with Section 01 78 39 - Record Documents. C. When all enclosing walls are complete, certify the location and plumb of the walls. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY FIELD ENGINEERING GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 71 23-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written qualifications of surveyor to Architect and Owner prior to starting survey work. B. Submit name and address of Professional Engineer to the Architect. C. Submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. D. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or registered surveyor certifying that elevations and improvements are in conformance, or nonconformance, with Contract Documents. 1. Indicate on record drawings all variations from Contract Drawings. 2. Indicate horizontal locations and elevations of all existing underground utilities encountered during excavation and construction. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 71 23*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY FIELD ENGINEERING GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 71 23-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes. B. Upon written instructions of the Owner's Representative: 1 Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified. 3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work. 4. Patch work uncovered or removed. C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof. D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING F. Openings and Chases 1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract. 2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work. 3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of the affected work. 3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. The effect on the work of the Owner's property, or on the structural integrity of the Project. 5. Description of the proposed work: a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. The extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching. 8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions and Product Options. C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 13 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load -carrying capacity for load -deflection ratio. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following: a. Foundation construction b. Bearing and retaining walls c. Structural concrete d. Structural steel and lintels e. Structural decking f. Miscellaneous structural metals g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports i. Equipment supports B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment b. Air or smoke barriers c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers d. Membranes and flashings e. Fire protection systems f. Control systems g. Communication systems h. Electrical wiring systems i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner. D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner. 1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes. b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane. 2. Water Tightness a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight. b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight. c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of in-place or existing materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during: 1. Cutting and patching. 2. Excavation and backfilling. B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the Work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties. D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations free from water. E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-5 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to receive new work. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of services is required. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-6 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform visual appearance. 5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even - plane surface of uniform appearance. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather -tight condition. a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof- top mounted items. D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work. F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-7 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. ***END OF SECTION 01 73 29*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-8 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS A. Substantial Completion: 1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. 2. After receipt of the Contractor's initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked -up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor's punch list. The Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete. 3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work found to be incomplete or defective. 4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department. a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS. b. Work classified as a 'Repair' under the Existing Building Code does not require the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY PROJECT CLOSEOUT GENE ' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 77 00-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions: Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State. Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from the rest of the system - Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump. - A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components. - A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified. - A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced. - A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified - An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement. - A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14. B. Final Acceptance: 1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor's certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor. 2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY PROJECT CLOSEOUT GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 77 00-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems. B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final Completion. C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications. 2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned. 3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring. 5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY PROJECT CLOSEOUT GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 77 00-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean. 7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning. 8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began. 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 77 00*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY PROJECT CLOSEOUT GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 77 00-4 May lb, 2018 CO ' ELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner's Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include: 1. Name of Product 2. Equipment Classification 3. Manufacturer 4. Model Number 5. Serial Number 6. Cost 7. Location (including Building and Room Number) 8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation) C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its' disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects. E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner's Representative. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY FIXED EQUIPMENT GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT INVENTORY WITH WEILL HALL 01 78 22-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0178 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST • Building Equipment • AC Drive/VSD • Air Dryer • Backflow Preventor • Air Compressor • Building • Sprinkler • Control • Vacuum • Pump • Condensate • Glycol • CWC • HWC • Potable • Sanitary Sewer • Storm Sewer • Sump • Quality Water • Fuel • Fan • Exhaust • Supply • Return • Fume Hood • Furnace • Generator • Hot Water Heater • Heat Exchangers • Boiler • Tank • Unit Heater • Fan Coil • VAV Box • Transfer Switch • Motor • Pump • Fan • Lift/Levelers • Water Softener • Reverse Osmosis CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY FIXED EQUIPMENT GENERATOR INTERCONNECT INVENTORY WITH WEILL HALL 01 78 22-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIP ENT INVENTORY 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 0178 22*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY FIXED EQUIPMENT GENE TOR INTERCONNECT INVENTORY WITH WEILL HALL 01 78 22-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPE TING AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work. 2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.2 FO OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system of complete manual in final form. 1. Format: a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11". b. Text: Manufacturer's , scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file. c. Drawings in electronic format Drawings are required in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format. d. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of equipment. Provide type description of product, and major component parts of equipment. Provide indexed PDF bookmarks. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA e. Cover: Identify each volume with title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: Title of Project Identity of separate structure as applicable. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontract or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete reference to inapplicable information. C. Submittal Data: 1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL OPE' TING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA D. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special -manufactured products. d. Certification as to asbestos free 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA C. Content, for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication required: a. List of lubricants required. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As -installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As -installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As -installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-5 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of Specifications and General Conditions. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals. B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase of the Project. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance. 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems: 1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL OPE ' TING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-6 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing. 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 23*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-7 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York W TIES AND BONDS SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall: A. Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co -execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. 2. General closeout requirements are included in Section 01 77 00 - "Project Closeout." 3. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 40. 4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Standard Product Warranties are pre-printed written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY WARRANTIES 01 78 36-1 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT AND BONDS May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner 1.4 QUALITY ASSU CE A. Use adequate care and diligence to review Contract Documents to identify detailed requirements relating to warranties and bonds. B. Verify that each item required for this submittal conforms with specified requirements. 1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to standard and special warranties described in Divisions 2 through 40, Contractor shall warrant Work included in this project, for a minimum period of one (1) year following acceptance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion by Owner, to cover performance, materials, workmanship and compliance with Contract Documents. B. Corrective Work: Provide service within thirty (30) calendar days when requested by Owner. Perform services during normal working hours, unless specifically directed otherwise by Owner. Coordinate with Owner's representative to schedule performance of corrective work. Where designated service providers cannot perform corrective work within the Owner's required time frame, engage another qualified service provider. Submit a written statement to Owner upon completion of corrective work; document work performed and list outstanding items, if any. 1. When a completed breakdown of a piece of equipment occurs of the malfunction of a system affects the environment or program involving 50 or more persons at a time (employees and students combined), or creates a safety or security risk to the Owner, an EMERGENCY may be declared by the Owner. The Owner may declare an emergency as defined above at which time the service response must be within 4 hours and may require action during non -normal working hours. 2. When an emergency condition occurs, the Owner may take immediate corrective action to relieve the problem by making, a minimum as possible, temporary adjustments and/or repairs when necessary to decrease the problem until the designated Contractor's representative can respond. These temporary adjustments and repairs will in no way jeopardize the existing warranty. 3. The Owner's service staff will advise the Contractor's Representative of all temporary adjustments and repairs done in relation to the malfunctioning equipment or facility. 4. If the Contractor fails to respond with actual service within four (4) hours, and/or the necessary repairs or adjustments are not satisfactorily complete twenty-four (24) hours, the Owner will have the authority to make the necessary repairs or adjustments and charge the Contractor for parts and labor. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY WARRANTIES 01 78 36-2 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT AND BONDS May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS 5. If all adjustments and repairs done by the Owner in relation to the above conditions are done by authorized district personnel, there will be no negative effect of future warranty claims. C. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted Work, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. D. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. E. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. F. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. G. Contractor's Procurement Obligations: Do not purchase, subcontract for, or allow others to purchase or subcontract for materials or units of Work for Project where a special project guaranty, specified product warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required until it has been determined that entities required to sign or countersign such commitments are willing to do so. H. Specific Warranty. Where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect or Owner. 1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect and Owner within fifteen (15) days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL W • ' • TIES 01 78 36-3 AND BONDS May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS B. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for acceptance prior to final execution. 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. Submit a schedule listing all required warranties. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. The Warranties and Bonds shall be in electronic pdf format. Each submission shall include the title of the Project and the name of the Contractor. B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references. C. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. D. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Item description. 3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. — Provides perimeter heat) 4. Warranty Provider. Is the warranty provided by a manufacturer or installer? 5. Finn, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number. 6. Scope. 7. Duration. a. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 8. Provide information for Owner's personnel: CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY WARRANTIES 01 78 36-4 GENERATOR INTERCONNECT AND BONDS May 16, 2018 WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 3,2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. ***END OF SECTION 01 78 36*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY GENE' • TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL ' ' • TIES 01 78 36-5 AND BONDS May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 7. Field Test records 8. Construction photographs 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner's Representative and the Architect. 1.3 RECO D ING A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY RECORD DOCUMENTS GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 78 39-1 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. C. Survey Mapping 1. Provide an accurate topographic, planirnetric, utility map of as -built conditions, and mapped locations and elevations of constructed facilities / elements including as -built and exposed underground utilities. Survey work in progress as required to accurately locate constructed facilities / elements. Survey final condition of project extents at final acceptance. a. Site related elements including: Sidewalks, ramps, curbs, and gutters - indicate type and surface material. Streets, drive ways, parking areas, labeled with material. Fences, walls, steps, handrails, signs, site furniture and light fixtures labeled with material. Live trees which have a trunk diameter of three inches (3") or greater and all isolated or specimen trees. Measure tree trunk 3' above grade. Indicate approximate trunk diameter, "drip line" and common name of tree. Shrubs, show outlines of shrub masses. Streams and bodies of water. b. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure including: Manholes, catch basins, drain inlets, cleanouts, vent stacks, tanks, underdrains, foundation drains, monitoring wells, detention/retention/filtration facilities. Label type (sanitary or storm), dimensions and material of structure and cover/grate; pipe connections; sizes, materials, direction of flow and invert elevations. Locate and identify size, material, and invert elevations for culverts. Water, gas, central steam, chilled water or other pressure lines, valve boxes, meter boxes, hydrants, tanks, fittings, etc. Label type, size, material, elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. Utility poles, above and below ground lines including but not limited to power, street lighting, traffic control communication and sensors, telephone, television, communication, fire and police call boxes, public communication or display facilities. Label utility as direct buried, in conduit, or concrete encased duct. Identify elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. Label all utilities and associated duct banks or conduits with sizes and materials. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY RECORD DOCUMENTS GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 78 39-2 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS Existing and abandoned utilities exposed during construction. Show ends of abandoned utilities left in place and assumed continued direction of utilities. Label with information as listed above. 2. Survey mapping shall be done under the personal supervision of a Surveyor, registered in and licensed by the State of New York, who shall certify under his/her seal the accuracy of the survey. 3. Field Survey Accuracy: - Horizontal and Vertical mapping shall be ACSM Second Order Class II, 1 in 20,000. 4. Coordinate base: - NAD83-86 geodetic system with grid values in the New York Central State Plane coordinate system in feet with elevations in NAVD '88 in feet. 5. Each different feature shall be drafted on a separate named CAD level/layer in Microstation or AutoCAD format using industry standard symbology of color, line style, line weight, and cells. 6. Provide an ASCII file list of coordinates for all survey points including control, feature, and topographic in the following comma delimited format: Point number, Northing coordinate, Easting coordinate, Elevation coordinate, Point description. 7. Topography and spot elevations: a. Topographic contours shall be accurately plotted at one foot (1') contour intervals. b. Record spot grade elevations as follows: Within natural ground and lawn and planted areas, spot elevations shall be shown to one-tenth of a foot (0.1'). Within all areas of built-up improvements such as pavements, curbs, steps, walls, utility and drainage systems or other site improvements, spot elevations shall be shown to one- hundredth of a foot (0.01'). ii. Existing grade at building corners; and thresholds and finished floor at all entrance, exit, or access points. iii. Develop road cross sections at 50 -foot intervals maximum, record spot elevations for all drive centerlines and all beginning radius of street intersections. For each cross section obtain elevations for front and back of existing sidewalk, top and bottom of curb, and centerline of the street. Obtain elevations for centerline intersection of all roads. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY RECORD DOCUMENTS GENE' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 78 39-3 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS iv. For trees of three inches to eighteen inches (3" - 18") in diameter, record elevation at high and low side at base of trunk. For specimen trees of eighteen inches (18") or greater diameter, indicate four (4) spot elevations on the north, south, east, and west at base of each trunk to one-hundredth (.01) foot elevation. v. Base, top, corners, and at cheek walls for all steps. Indicate elevations at top and bottom of walls and curbs. vi. Rim elevations of all catch basins, drain inlets, manholes, valve boxes, slabs on grade. Inverts at all sewer pipes and culverts. Bottom of structure floor and sump. D. Drawings As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to- day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation "per Change Order No. X", or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan for producing the "As -Built" drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe Professional, or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups. Such plan shall be subject to approval of the Owner. The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner's Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all changes to the following areas of construction: 1. Architectural: a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code b. Wall, door, window locations c. Built in casework locations d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations e. Material and products where submittals are requested 2. Civil and Structural a. Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical b. Materials and products where submittals are requested c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY RECO GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL '1 DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-4 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS d. Site related elements including: Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts, significant architectural projections and other pertinent data. e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock -out" panels made during construction. f. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems g. Geotechnical subsurface information h. Items that will require future maintenance i. Life safety critical items 3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection) a. Products where submittals are requested b. Final locations of all equipment. c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork. d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork. e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators. f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance dampers and fire dampers. g. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations. h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinlder, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean -outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water drainage. 4. Electrical a. Products where submittals were requested. b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type. c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access Control/Security systems. CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY RECORD DOCUMENTS GENE ' TOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 78 39-5 May 16, 2018 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and power supplies. e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions. 5. Environmental a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure b. Storm water maintenance/testing access points c. Location of unusual excavation findings / contaminated soil (i.e. mercury uncovered during excavation, also on-site spills during construction), including quantity excavated/disposed. E. Specifications and Addenda Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner's Representative. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 39*** CORSON MUDD EMERGENCY RECORD DOCUMENTS GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL 01 78 39-6 May 16, 2018 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CORSON MUDD E ERGENCY GENERATOR INTERCONNECT WITH WEILL HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK SECTION 02 65 00 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Base scope: provide all materials, labor, and equipment necessary to complete the removal of the 1,000 gallon underground fiberglass reinforced plastic tank located at the southwest corner of the Biotechnology Facility. B. Perform the following items of Work in accordance with the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) Regulations, and other listed references. Follow guidelines as directed, unless otherwise shown or specified. 1. Prior to the start of work, visit the project site and field verify existing conditions. 2. Coordinate removal with Cornell. Schedule a meeting with the Cornell Project Manager (PM) and Cornell EH&S prior to tank removal. Provide a site map, showing site approach, staging, and vehicle exit path. 3. Scheduling of tank removal will need to be coordinated through the Cornell PM to prevent conflicts with adjacent construction work. 4. Provide all required pre -work notifications to local fire marshal(s), and NYSDEC. 5. Provide and maintain safety fencing around the construction site. 6. Coordinate with Cornell and City of Ithaca emergency agencies if accessibility to building will be interrupted at any time. 7. Provide photo documentation of conditions before and after removal. 8. Drain any fuel lines and flush per NYSDEC regulations. Blow any remaining product into tank. Remove and dispose of any remaining fuel or particulates from lines or tank. 9. Collect soil samples from each tank pit and submit for lab analysis per applicable NYSDEC & USEPA requirements. 10. Remove any residual oils in tank; clean tank and dispose. Render tanks free of petroleum vapors. 11. Remove and dispose of the existing 1,000 gallon underground fuel oil tank. Once removed from the ground, the tanks shall be removed from the site within one day. 12. Dispose of petroleum contaminated waste. 13. Remove and dispose of petroleum -contaminated water. 14. Remove and dispose of recovered petroleum. 15. Field screen soil for volatile organic compounds using a photoionization detector as directed by Cornell EH&S. Include lab analysis of (5) confirmatory soil samples. 16. Prior to submittal of any documentation to the NYSDEC, submit documentation for review and approval by Cornell EH&S and the Engineer of Record. 17. Document legal disposal as required and submit all documentation to Cornell prior to invoicing. 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal 1.2 EXISTING TANK INFORMATION A. Facility Code: 1018 Biotechnology 13. Container ID: 001 C. Location: Underground D. Installation Date: 7/1/1988 E. Type: Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) F. Product: Diesel G. Volume (gal): 1000 H. Internal Protection: Fiberglass Linder (FRP) I. External Protection: Fiberglass J. Secondary Containment: Vault (w/access) K. Leak Detection: Interstitial Electronic Monitoring L. Spill/Overfill Protection: Catch Basin M. Dispenser Method: Suction N. Piping Location: Underground/On ground 0. Piping type: Galvanized Steel 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. General Environmental Requirements: Section 01 35 43 (Cornell Specification) B. Spill Control Section 01 35 44 (Cornell Specification) C. Earthwork: Section 31 01 01. D. Select Fill: Section 31 05 14. E. Trench Excavation and Backfill: Section 31 23 33. F. Restoration of Surfaces: Section 32 01 00 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Work Plan and schedule. 1. Include, at a minimum: 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal a. Description of the methods for emptying, evacuation and removal of the tank, including protective measures of adjacent structures. b. Description of soil removal methods to be employed c. Description of a method for the decontamination of the excavator bucket prior to the procurement of soil samples at the completion of principal excavation work in each tank area. d. Prepare and submit "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" to the Owner's representative. Description of the waste segregation and staging methods to be used for soils, poly sheeting, and spent personal protective equipment. e. Methods to be used for dewatering. f. Methods to be used for cleaning of tank and piping. g. Methods to be used for placement and compaction of backfill materials. h. Identification of all waste transporters and disposal facilities including copies of all required certifications and permits. i. Description methods to be employed to prevent storm water pollution from staged petroleum -contaminated soil, if encountered. j. Required certifications and pemiits including copies of valid permits for all waste haulers, disposal sites, and weigh scales k. Staging locations and vehicle exit path. 2. Submit at a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to commencing work. 3. Waste shall include, but not be limited to tank, piping, tank contents, wash water, soils, asphalt, samples, and used personal protective equipment. B. Copy of notifications to the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, informing the Department of the planned closure and removal of the tank. C. Record Documents: 1. Completed waste manifests (or bill of lading for non -hazardous materials) as described herein, accounting for all materials removed from the site. D. Health and Safety Plan, (HASP): Including regulations for confined space entry (29 CFR 1910.146) and other applicable portions of 29 CFR 1926, that addresses exposure of workers to residual product and accumulated sludge that may need to be removed from the tanks. The Cornell PM will review and comment on the HASP but will neither approve nor disapprove it. E. Confined Space Entry Permit and the worker training certificates required to clean out the tank once it is excavated. F. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Excavation Procedure: Submit a lay out drawing or detailed outline of intended excavation procedure for the Cornell PM's information. This submittal will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the successful performance of intended excavation methods. G. Manifests: Contractor shall submit copies of all load tickets and manifests, if applicable. Certification of destination, receipt, and disposal of demolition materials 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal must also be submitted. H. Landfill or scrap yard records indicating receipt and acceptance of UST and any contaminated soil by a landfill facility licensed to accept such materials. I. UST Closure Report: T o be coordinated with the Cornell PM. 1.5 REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS AND LICENSES A. Employees involved in hazardous waste operations shall have been trained in accordance with OSHA Final Standards to Protect Workers in Hazardous Waste Operations 29 CFR 1910.120 or most recent revision thereof. B. Waste haulers shall maintain a valid 6 NYCRR Part 364 Permit. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Abide by all applicable rules and regulations, including but not limited to the following: 1. New York State Uniform Fire Prevention and Building Code. 2. New York State Petroleum Bulk Storage Regulations, 6 NYCRR Part 613. 3. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation's memorandum for Permanent Closure of Petroleum Storage Tanks (and most recent revision). 4. NYSDEC Spill Technology and Remediation Series Memo No. 1 - Petroleum Contaminated Soil Guidance Policy 1992 (use the most current version). 5. NYSDEC Spill Technology and Remediation Series Memo No. 14 - Site Assessment at Bulk Storage Facilities (use the most current version). 6. American Petroleum Institute, Recommended Practice 1604, Second Edition, December, 1987, "Removal and Disposal of Used Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks", and revisions thereof. 7. Federal Underground Storage Tank (UST) Regulations, 40 CFR Part 280. 8. Applicable OSHA worker safety regulations. 9. State, county, and federal regulations pertaining to the handling, storage, transport, and disposal of wastes generated during the project. 10. Coordinate and obtain all permits as required by permitting authorities. B. Additional Requirements: 1. Tank decommissioning, removals, and transport shall comply with NYSDEC, NYS Building Codes and NFPA. 2. In the event of a spill, immediately discontinue work and contact the Cornell Police at 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the University and coordinate with the Contractor for external reporting, if required. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. 4. . A copy of the notification shall be submitted to the PM and EH&S. 5. The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Ithaca Fire Department and 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal Cornell University Fire Marshall at least 48 hours in advance of tank removals. 6. The Contractor shall have all required Federal, State, and local permits for transport of petroleum tanks or waste petroleum products. 7. Prepare removal documentation and test results/reports for the NYSDEC and Cornell; submit to PM and EH&S for review prior to submitting to state and local authorities. 1.7 ABBREVIATIONS A. The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Section, wherever they appear in this Section. 1. API: American Petroleum Institute. 2. FRP: Fiberglass -Reinforced Plastic. 3. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association. 4. NYSDEC: New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. 5. NYSDOT: New York State Department of Transportation. 6. OSFM: Office of the State Fire Marshal. 7. OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 8. PBS: Petroleum Bulk Storage. 9. USEPA: United States Environmental Protection Agency. 10. UST: Underground Storage Tank. 11. HASP: Health and Safety Plan. 1.8 NOTIFICATION A. In accordance with 6NYCRR 613-2.6(b) reporting of out -of -service tanks, the Contractor will notify New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) thirty (30) days prior to permanent closure of the tank. B. Notify in writing both the Cornell PM and Cornell University EH&S at least 45 - days (but no more than 60 -days) before tank removal. C. Notify (by telephone) the Cornell PM and Cornell EH&S at least 48 hours prior to beginning closure operations at the tank. D. In the event of a spill, immediately discontinue work and contact the Cornell Police at 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the University and coordinate with the Contractor for external reporting, if required. E. All petroleum spills must be reported to the NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457-7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell EH&S, 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Refer to Specification 01 35 44 for further requirements. F. The Contractor is responsible for 30 -day pre -closure notification to the NYSDEC 1.9 EXISTING CONDITIONS 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal A. Protect and safeguard from damage all existing structural systems, fencing, equipment, and surfaces that will remain. Contractor shall repair any damage to structures, appurtenances or the landscape not scheduled for removal work to the satisfaction of the Cornell PM. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL OVERSIGHT A. The Cornell PM will secure the services of an authorized Engineer of Record (or designee) to act on his behalf for field observation and to provide analysis of wastes destined for disposal. B. The Engineer of Record (or designee) will advise the Cornell PM on environmental matters. 1. Such advisement does not relieve the Contractor's obligation to comply with all applicable environmental and health and safety regulations promulgated by the federal, state, or local governments. 2. No activity on the part of the Environmental Professional represents the Contractor's compliance with applicable environmental or health and safety regulations. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Make required notifications. B. Locate and clearly mark all subsurface utilities in the area of excavation. Conduct activities to minimize interference with, and to protect the existing surfaces of, adjacent structures or utilities. C. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers, security devices, and erosion controls as necessary or directed. D. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private thoroughfares. Do not close or obstruct drive areas or sidewalks without permits. E. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring. F. Saw -cut adjacent asphalt and concrete surfaces and saw -cut or removal curbing within the proposed excavation area to facilitate restoration. G. Remove and dispose of abandoned conduit or piping within excavated areas and plug ends. Identify disconnection locations on Project Record Documents. H. Perform tank removal in a manner that will minimize dust, noise, and other nuisance. Maintain haul routes for disposal of material clean and free of debris. 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal Provide monitoring equipment at site as required by the Site Health and Safety Plan. Operate and maintain in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. J Perform the Work with consideration for facility personnel and the public. Maintain barriers between work areas and adjacent facilities at all times, with necessary signs, lights, bracing and guards for the protection of all facility personnel, the public, and existing facilities. K. Schedule the Work in advance with the Cornell PM to coordinate work schedules. 3.2 STORAGE TANK LIQUID REMOVAL A. Prior to excavation around the UST, empty the tank as follows: 1. Remove all product to its lowest draw -off point. 2. Drain and flush piping into the tank (one or two gallons of water should be sufficient). 3. Pump out the liquid below the draw -off point (tank bottom). a. Use an explosion -proof hand or vacuum pump. b. Approximately 6" of liquid remains in the tank below the lowest draw- off point; this is equivalent to 150 gallons for a typical 4,000 - gallon tank. c. Pump out the entire tank bottom including the remaining product layer. 4. Bond equipment to tank and ground tank to a separate ground when purging tank with compressed air or inert gas under pressure. 5. It is assumed that wastes generated during UST removal will not be RCRA hazardous waste. The Contractor shall manage proper recycling/disposal of non-RCRA waste. Any waste that may be RCRA hazardous shall be turned over to CU EH&S for proper disposal. 3.3 TANK AND PIPING REMOVAL A. Inert the interior atmosphere before removing the tank from its location. B. Excavate to the top of the tank and stockpile soil as specified in Section 31 01 01, Earthwork. Standby for Engineer of Record (or designee) to field -screen soil and sample as necessary. In the event contaminated soil and/or groundwater is suspected, remove and temporarily stockpile the material as specified herein this Section, pending reuse or disposal as directed. C. Excavation around existing UST: 1. Dig down to expose upper half of tank. During excavation, exercise extreme caution in order to maintain the integrity of the UST. 2. Perform excavation in the presence of the Engineer of Record and stand-by for during field -screening of exposed soils. Place excavated material in a separate stockpile as directed, pending disposal. 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal D. Disconnect suction, inlet, gauge and all other tank fixtures, except the vent line. E. Temporarily plug all tank openings, complete the excavation (for UST), and remove the tank, placing it in a secure location. Cylindrical tanks must be blocked to prevent movement. F. Spills or drips shall be contained to prevent contamination of soils during removal. G. Excavate to uncover existing piping associated with the tank. 1. Clean, cut and cap exposed piping resulting from tank excavation. 2. Do not rupture tank or pipelines. 3. Pipe trenches shall remain open for inspection by Cornell PM. H. Backfill the tank and pipe excavations to restore area to original condition. 1. Cease operations and notify the Cornell PM immediately if adjacent structures appear to be endangered. Do not resume operations until corrective measures are taken, and written approval is received by the Cornell PM. J. Except where noted otherwise, immediately remove demolished material from site. K. Do not burn or bury materials on site. L. Excavate, segregate, stockpile, and protect soils with evidence of possible petroleum contamination (by visible staining, odors, or by field -screening results) in accordance with NYSDEC STARS No. 1 and other applicable NYSDEC guidance. Such soils shall be placed on poly sheeting (6 -mil minimum) bermed to prevent run-off, covered with same type of poly to keep precipitation from contacting staged soil, and the cover shall be secured to keep the pile dry. M. Remove and properly dispose of all tank fluids. N. Clean tank, components, and piping in accordance with applicable regulations and remove tank, components, and piping from site. 0. Dispose of removed materials from the site as Work progresses. Leave site in clean condition. P. Dispose of all wastewater off-site in accordance with applicable federal, state, local and Cornell regulations. Q. Stockpile unimpacted excavated soils separately from petroleum -contaminated soil encountered during the work. Disposal of petroleum -contaminated soils appropriately. Unimpacted soils should be reused as backfill to the greatest extent practicable. R. Submit waste disposal documents. Organize and index records, and include the following: 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal 1 Waste characterization and waste profiles submitted to each permitted disposal facility. Include documentation of waste stream acceptance by the disposal facility. 2. Bills of lading or receipts or certifications and weigh tickets generated during the handling and disposal process. 3. Copies of all written approvals from duly authorized persons and agencies for the discharge of wastewater, where allowed, into storm or sanitary sewer systems, onto the ground, or into the groundwater. 4. Copies of 6 NYCRR Part 364 permits for waste haulers used in the work, with a separate listing of the material hauled by each entity listed and the final disposal locations of each waste material removed from the site. 3.4 TANK CLEANING A. Conduct tank cleaning procedures in accordance with NYSDEC guidance documents and API Recommended Practice 1604. Ensure final vapor and oxygen concentrations are within the DEC requirements before proceeding to cut and dismantle the tank for its disposal. Methods for ensuring the tank has been made safe are outlined in Section 7 of NYSDEC's PBS guidance document "Permanent Closure of Petroleum Storage Tanks." B. Cut openings in tank to facilitate tank cleaning after vapor and oxygen concentrations have been met. 1. Total surface area of holes cut into tank shall be minimum of 2% of total surface area of tank, or a minimum of 9 square feet each opposite side or end. 2. Maintain a minimum of two fire extinguishers on-site during cutting of tank. C. Perform tank cleaning activities within twenty-four (24) hours of tank removal from excavation site. D. Tank Cleaning: Include mopping, scraping and sweeping the interior of the tank. If applicable, comply with OSHA's confined space entry regulations. E. Collect, contain and place residuals in a United States Department of Transportation approved drum for transporting and disposal. 3.5 CONTAMINATED MATERIAL DISPOSAL DOCUMENTATION A. Submit contaminated material disposal documentation prior to payment of any units involving disposal of contaminated materials. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF TANKS AND PIPING A. Dispose of tanks and all removed appurtenances from the premises as quickly as possible, preferably the same day as removed from the excavation. B. Legally dispose or recycle the removed tanks and appurtenances in accordance with all local, State and Federal regulations. C. Obtain disposal facility receipts noting proper tank and cleaning material disposal. Submit receipts to the Cornell PM. 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal END OF SECTION 05/16/18 Underground Storage Tank Removal 26 00 00-1 2098/68695 SECTION 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1. SUMMARY A. This Section includes general requirements for all electrical work. 1.2. SUBMITTALS A. Submit pre -construction submittals, shop drawings, product data, test reports, certificates, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, operation and maintenance data, closeout submittals and other specified documents to the Engineer for review and approval as described in the General Requirements, this Section, and in other Sections of Division 26. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a full size paper set of "black -line" working drawings throughout the project, and carefully record in red ink the locations and sizes of each major piece of electrical equipment, as well as manholes, hand holes, and duct bank routing, to scale. Upon Substantial Completion of the work, deliver the marked -up set of prints to the Engineer. The Engineer reserves the right to withhold final payment until "As -Built" drawings are received. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Provide copies of electrical Operation and Maintenance Manuals in conformance with the General Requirements. O&M Manuals shall be organized according to Divisions "Electrical", "Communications", "Electronic Safety and Security" and "Utilities" Section numbers. Each copy shall be bound in a durable, 3 -ring hardback binder, with data sheets individually punched and reinforced to prevent tear out. Data sheets shall be grouped, and binder dividers shall be provided to match the Table of Contents. Each Manual shall have an identifying label on the spine and front cover and shall include the following: 1. List of all O&M Manuals in the front of each manual. 2. Table of Contents for each manual and each binder 3. Copy of each of the following: a. Preconstruction Submittals b. Shop Drawings c. Product Data d. Design Data e. Test Reports f. Certificates g. Manufacturer's Instructions h. Manufacturer's Field Reports i. Operation and Maintenance Data j. Closeout Submittals k. Spare Parts and Special Tools list 05/16/18 Electrical General 26 00 00-2 2098/68695 1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards and Codes All Work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) and National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI C2). Equipment, shall be NRTL-listed and labeled. The 2014 edition of the NEC is the edition legally applicable to projects in this jurisdiction. However, the 2017 edition shall apply to this project when 2017 requirements are more stringent that 2014 requirements. B. All electrical equipment for which NRTL test procedures have been established shall be certified, listed, and labeled, or otherwise determined to be safe for its intended use, by a NRTL. The absence of a specific reference to NRTL-listing in other Sections shall not relieve the Contractor of the requirement to provide NRTL-listed equipment, and to obtain certification as required by the AHJ in cases where NRTL listing and labeling is not a manufacturer's standard offering for a particular product. C. Uniformity: Unless otherwise specified, equipment or material of same type of classification, used for the same purpose shall be products of same manufacturer. All material shall be new and of the current design of manufacturer providing equipment or material. D. Design: Equipment and accessories not specifically described or identified by manufacturer's catalog numbers shall be designed in conformity with NEMA, IEEE, or other applicable technical standards and shall have neat and finished appearance. E. Installation: Erect equipment in neat and workmanlike manner; align, level and adjust for satisfactory operation; install so that parts are easily accessible for inspection, operation, maintenance and repair. Minor deviations from indicated arrangements may be made, but only after obtaining approval from Engineer. 1.4. CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. Location Approximate 1. The locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets and similar devices shown on the Contract Drawings are approximate only. 2. The Contractor shall determine the exact locations of equipment, outlets, box - outs, sleeves, and similar items required for the coordination of electrical work with the structural, architectural, mechanical and other work. B. Drawings Diagrammatic 1. Circuit diagrams shown are diagrammatic and functional only and are not intended to show exact circuit layouts, number of fittings, or other installation details. C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory operation all power, lighting and other electrical systems shown. 05/16/18 Electrical General 26 00 00-3 2098/68695 D. The Electrical Drawings show scaled layouts of "basis of design" equipment but do not include "approved for construction" dimensions for equipment, which shall be based on approved equipment shop drawings. 1.5. DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIAL A. Materials and equipment shall be delivered to the site of the work in their original containers, and containers shall not be opened until inspected by the Engineer. B. Electrical equipment shall at all times during construction be adequately protected against mechanical injury or damage by water or moisture. C. If any materials or apparatus have been damaged, such damage shall be made good by the contractor at his expense. D. All equipment delivered to the site shall be received, off-loaded, and stored by the Contractor. 1.6. INSPECTIONS BY THE AHJ A. The Contractor shall make arrangements for electrical inspection by the AHJ. Upon completion of the work, final certificate of approval documents shall be submitted to the Engineer for forwarding to the Owner. This certificate shall be submitted prior to a request for final payment. The Contractor shall pay all fees required for inspection. 1.7. TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary power required for construction power and testing of building electrical systems and electrical equipment. All building electrical systems shall be completely tested before the new equipment is energized. B. All temporary work shall be in accordance with the NEC, OSHA, and NFPA safety requirements and shall be completely removed upon completion of the project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1. WARRANTIES A. Provide an on-site parts and labor warranty for a minimum period of one year after beneficial occupancy for all equipment and materials furnished by the Contractor and for all work performed by the Contractor. In cases where the manufacturer of the equipment furnished by the Contractor offers a longer warranty period, the longer warranty period shall apply. B. All components of electrical systems that are not fully functional at the time of beneficial occupancy shall have warranties extended to provide minimum one year coverage of fully operational equipment unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Representative. 05/16/18 Electrical General 26 00 00-4 2098/68695 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1. All existing electrical materials not reused under this Division, and not indicated for handover to the Owner, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be expeditiously removed from the project site. These existing electrical materials are to be demolished and removed from the site in accordance with Cornell University General Requirements. 3.2. Where removal work is performed, the Contractor shall repair all building surfaces damaged by such work. Fill in holes with appropriate patching material. 3.3. PHASING AND PHASE ROTATION A. Phasing and phase rotation tests shall be performed every time an existing circuit is being connected to a new source. B. Existing phase rotation shall be determined and documented in writing prior to de - energizing an existing circuit. All buildings on a circuit shall have their primary disconnecting means opened before the circuit is re -energized from a new source. Proper phase rotation for at least one building shall be verified before re -energizing buildings. C. For circuits that interconnect with other sources, proper phasing shall be determined at an open point between the two sources. Phasing shall be tested immediately after the modified circuit is re -energized and before any load is placed on the modified circuit. 05/16/18 Electrical General 26 05 19-1 2098/68695 SECTION 26 05 19 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1. SUMMARY A. This Section includes wires, cables and accessories as shown, specified or required for the complete power, lighting, control and other systems in the Contract. Quantity, type and size of conductors shall be as shown or specified. 1.2. REFERENCES A. Material and installation shall be in accordance with the latest revisions of the following codes, standards and specifications, except where more stringent requirements have been specified herein: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 3. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conductor Manufacturers 1. All wires and cables of like type shall be the product of one manufacturer. B. Manufacturer Test Requirements 1. Certified test reports showing compliance with applicable UL Standards for each type of conductor shall be provided upon request. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions set forth in the General Provisions. B. Prior to obtaining any material in connection with this Section, detailed shop drawings on all material shall be submitted. C. Submittals shall contain a material list with manufacturer data describing the material and showing its compliance with specification, associated standards and test require- ments. 05/16/18 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19-2 2098/68695 D. Other Submittals 1. Samples of any material shall be submitted upon Engineer's request. 2. A list of all test equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. 3. Cable testing results. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1. GENERAL A. Unless otherwise shown or specified, all conductors shall be stranded copper. B. Material construction of copper conductor strands shall be coated or uncoated soft drawn or annealed copper. 2.2. LOW VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS A. Low voltage conductors for 600 VAC service and below shall be rated a minimum of 600 volts. Conductors shall be constructed of uncoated Class C copper concentric -lay - stranded wires, rated for 90° C (dry), 75° C (wet), machine tool wire with thermoplastic (PVC) insulation and nylon jacket. Conductors shall be oil and gasoline resistant II. Conductors shall be THHN/THWN/MTW. B. Acceptable manufacturers: General Cable/BICC, Essex Electrical Products, American Insulated Wire, Southwire, or equal. 2.3. COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS A. Power conductors on systems 600 volts and less shall be color coded in accordance with the following: 1. 480/277 VAC, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 Hz Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow Neutral Grey Ground Green with yellow stripe 2. 208/120 VAC, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 Hz Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Ground Green 05/16/18 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19-3 2098/68695 3. For conductors larger than No. 6 AWG, color tape may be used to color -code the conductors at all terminations, splices or other places where they are visible. 2.4. CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS A. Connectors (#10 and Smaller) 1. Solderless pressure connectors (wirenuts) for pigtail splicing all power wires and cables #10 and smaller shall be "Wing -nut" type made by Ideal. Model No. Wire Size 451 2 #18 min.; 3 #12 max. 452 2 #14 min.; 4 #12 max. 453 1 #10, and 1 #12 min.; 2 #8 and 1 #16 max. 455 3 #12 min.; 4 #10 max. 2. Connectors for (straight) splicing signal/control wires #10 and smaller shall be solderless compression type. (Burndy Hydent; T & B "Sta-Kon"). B. Connectors (#8 and Larger) 1. Connections of conductors to terminal posts or other conductors shall be made with UL approved compression type connectors. Wire nuts shall not be permitted. 2. Connections shall insure a thorough connection without damaging the conductor. 3. Connections shall be for proper cable size. 4. Typical compression type fittings shall be as specified below: a. Two way splices for large conductors 1/0 and larger shall be uninsulated indenture type similar to Burndy "Hy -Link," Thomas and Betts Type YS, two-way conductor or equal. b. Two way splices for small conductors, 1 AWG and smaller shall be uninsulated indenture type similar to Burndy "Hy -Dent," Thomas and Betts "Sta-Kon" or equal. c. Fixture connections shall be two-piece indenture type similar to Thomas and Betts "Sta-Kon" Series PT -66M, Ideal - Crimp Connector Sleeve No. 410 with wire cap insulated or equal. C. Terminals 1. Terminals shall be 600 volt, indenture type, two or one hole lugs similar to Thomas and Betts "Sta-Kon," Burndy "Hylug" or equal. 05/16/18 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 2hO5l9-4 2098/68695 2. Spade terminals shall be locking, vinyl self insulated similar to Thomas and Betts "Sta-Kon," Burndy or equal. 3. All accessories that use special tools for proper application as recommended by the manufacturer shall be installed only with those tools and in accordance with the established practices and recommendations of the manufacturers. 2.5. MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES A. Wire pulling lubricant shall be non-toxic and contain no solvent to attack wire insulation plastic tape or conduits. Lubricant shall leave no residual in conduit, shall be rust inhibited and be non-combustible. Lubricant shall be as manufactured by Ideal, Tomic Electric or equal. B. Electrical tape shall be as manufactured by 3M, Bishop Electric, General Electric, Okonite or equal. The following catalog numbers refer to 3M to establish type and quality. C. Plastic tape shall be all weather vinyl electrical tape having a high dielectric strength and resistant to sun, water, oil, acids and corrosive chemicals. Tape shall be 3M Type 88. D. Electrical insulation putty shall be rubber based elastic putty in tape form. Putty shall be 3M Scotchfill. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1. INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise shown or specified all power, lighting and control circuits shall be enclosed in conduit wireways. B. Each conductor insulation shall be one color throughout the entire run. C. Splices and connections shall be made with solderless pressure type connectors. D. Splice and connections shall be taped and covered to provide an insulating value of the connection equal to the adjacent wire insulation. B. All conductors shall be carefully handled to avoid kinks or damage to insulation. F. Lubricant may be used to assist in pulling conductors into conduits. G. Pulling strain shall not exceed that recommended by the cable manufacturer. 3.2. SPLICES AND JOINTING A. All splices shall be made in junction boxes and shall be taped to an insulating value at Ieast equal to the insulating value ofthe conductors. 05/16J18 Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19-5 2098/68695 B. Application of taped joints shall be as follows: 1. For lighting circuits, splice connections shall be wrapped with plastic electrical tape. C. Copper to aluminum connection shall be made with UL approved aluminum -to -copper connectors and compound. D. Solder joints, hinged connectors and bolted terminal lugs will not be permitted. E. Splices, taps or terminations shall not be made when conductor ends have missing strands or when ends are mutilated in any way. 3.3. LOW VOLTAGE AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS A. Low voltage and control conductors shall be as follows: B. All power, control and lighting conductors shall be Type THHN-90C, THWN- 75C/MTW unless otherwise noted. 3.4. TESTING A. General 1. When all wire and cable are in place but before the final connections have been made, they shall be tested. 2. Manufacturer's data on testing resistance shall be submitted with tabulated test results. 3. Contractor shall furnish all necessary test equipment instruments. 4. All tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer, unless waived by the Engineer. 5. Contractor shall notify the Engineer three working days in advance of any testing. 6. If damage is indicated during testing or upon review of the tabulated data, Contractor shall replace defective wires and cables and retest at no cost to Owner. B. Megohm Test 1. For all wires and cable 8 AWG and larger, a 1500 volt insulation resistance (Megohm) test shall be performed. 2. The Megohm test shall be performed on the following combination of conductors: a. Between all conductors in the same enclosure 05/16/18 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19-6 2098/68695 b. Between each conductor and ground. 3. The resistance test results shall be recorded at the end of one minute of sustained voltage. C. Acceptance 1. After all final connections have been made, the equipment and controls shall be tested, by operation, to demonstrate performance. 05/16/18 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26-1 2098/68695 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for grounding electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Related Documents include the following Division "Electrical" Sections: 1. "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for additional grounding and bonding requirements 2. "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" for wire connector and equipment grounding conductor requirements 3. "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for grounding bushing requirements 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Refer to NEC for definitions of grounding terms used in this Section. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Comply with the following standards: 1. IEEE 118-1978 (R1992) Standard Test Code for Resistance Measurements 2. IEEE 142-1991 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Green Book) 3. IEEE C57.13.3-1983 (R1991) Guide for the Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and Cases 4. NFPA 70 The National Electrical Code 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the "Electrical General" Specification. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog data and specification sheets for each manufacturer's product described in Part 2 of this Section, marked to show which products are proposed for this project. C. Acceptance Test Reports: Submit written test reports to include the following: 1. Test procedures used. 05/16/18 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26-2 2098/68695 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BONDING JUMPERS A. Main Bonding Jumpers: tin-plated copper, furnished with the service equipment by the equipment manufacturer. B. Equipment Bonding Jumpers: insulated copper building wire, sized to match the largest equipment grounding conductor in the associated conduits. C. Bonding Jumper: insulated copper wire, protected by conduit where exposed to physical damage 2.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated building wire in accordance with Division "Electrical" Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables". #6 AWG and smaller shall have green insulation, #4 AWG and larger shall have green insulation or shall be marked with green tape at each end. 2.3 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467. Products shall be NRTL-listed and shall be suitable for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items. B. Bolted Connectors: Two -hole long barrel tin-plated copper compression type at equipment busbars and bonding connections to structural steel. C. Wirenuts: Use only for branch circuit wiring in switch and receptacle outlet and junction boxes containing #10 AWG and smaller wires. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION — GENERAL A. Install grounding electrodes, grounding electrode conductors, main bonding jumpers, equipment grounding conductors, equipment bonding jumpers, and bonding, in accordance with NEC requirements and as shown on the Drawings. B. Provide only copper and bronze grounding materials in direct contact with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials. 05/16/18 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26-3 2098/68695 C. Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot -tin -coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. 3.2 INSTALLATION: EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Provide separate insulated equipment grounding conductors in raceways, boxes, and fittings, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: 1. At switchboards, distribution boards, and panelboards, provide two -hole long - barrel tin-plated compression connector bolted to ground busbar(s) with tin- plated or silicone bronze bolts. 3.3 INSTALLATION: EQUIPMENT BONDING JUMPERS A. At sheet metal junction, pull and outlet boxes, and electrical enclosures, use conduit hubs bolted to enclosure or double locknuts to bond enclosure to conduit, and connect grounding bushings to equipment grounding conductors. Install equipment bonding jumpers between conduit bushings entering and leaving boxes, using the lugs provided with the grounding bushings. B. At cast enclosures, connect equipment grounding conductors together with a mechanical connector. Use mechanical connectors in conformance with Division "Electrical" Section "Wires and Cables". C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors. 3.4 INSTALLATION: MAIN BONDING JUMPERS A. Install main bonding jumpers at service entrance equipment in accordance with service equipment manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install main bonding jumper in generator terminal box in accordance with NEC and manufacturer's installation instructions. 05/16/18 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26-4 2098/68695 3.5 INSTALLATION: BONDING JUMPERS A. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so equipment vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment support structure. Use long -barrel tin-plated compression connectors and galvanized steel or silicone bronze hex head cap screws in drilled and tapped holes to bond miscellaneous equipment to equipment grounding conductors. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. B. Compression -Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor. 3.7 ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Testing: Perform the following field quality -control testing: 1. After installing grounding system and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for conformance with requirements. 2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification, Section 7.13 "Grounding Systems". Certify conformance with test parameters. B. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that conform to requirements. 3. Test results that do not conform to requirements and corrective action taken to achieve conformance with requirements. END OF SECTION 05/16/18 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-1 2098/68695 SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide a complete system of raceways, including conduit, fittings, terminal boxes, hangers, supports, and accessories, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Related requirements are also included in the following Division "Electrical" Sections: 1. "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for duct bank construction requirements. 2. "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems" for equipment grounding requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. In addition to the definitions in Division "Electrical" Section "Electrical", the following definitions apply to this Section: 1. Clamp -back: spacer used with conduit one -hole strap to provide air gap between surface and conduit 2. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing (NEC definition) 3. Equipment bonding jumper: suitable for connecting sections of conduit used for equipment grounding conductor (see NEC definition) 4. ID: inside diameter 5. NPT: National pipe thread 6. OD: outside diameter 7. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride 8. RGS: Rigid galvanized steel conduit 9. RMC: Rigid metal conduit (NEC definition) 10. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit (NEC definition) includes PVC and RTRC 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Comply with the following standards: 1. NEMA Standards applicable to raceways, boxes, and fittings. 2. UL Standards applicable to raceways, boxes, and fittings. Each raceway, box, and fitting shall be NRTL-listed and labeled. 3. ANSI and ASTM standards mentioned in this Section and included in the UL and NEMA Standards applicable to raceways, boxes, and fittings. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Provide raceways, boxes, and fittings fabricated from materials resistant to corrosion and suitable for the application in the locations where installed, in conformance with NEC requirements for installation in "damp" and "wet" areas. 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-2 2098/68695 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the "Electrical General" Specification. Electronic files providing the following information shall be submitted: B. Shop Drawings: 1. Bill of material listing 2. Record drawings and photographs showing as -installed locations of below slab conduits 3. Conduit and cable sealing product data sheets. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70 and NEMA standards. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT, BOX, AND FITTING MANUFACTURERS A. Provide products by the following manufacturers: 1. Adalet / A Scott Fetzer Company 2. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 3. Alflex Inc. 4. Allied Tube & Conduit Corporation 5. Allied Tube and Conduit Div. / A TYCO International Ltd. Company 6. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 7. Appleton 8. Bell 9. Carlon 10. Cooper / B -Line 11. Cooper Crouse -Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 12. Electri-Flex Co. 13. Emerson/General Signal; Appleton Electric Company. 14. Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. 15. Hoffman. 16. Hubbell, Inc. / RACO 17. Hubbell, Inc.! Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. 18. Lew Electric Fittings Co. 19. LTV Steel Tubular Products Company 20. Myers 21. 0-Z Gedney 22. Perma-Cote 23. Pittsburgh Standard Conduit Co., 24. RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc. 25. Robroy Industries 26. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. 27. Roxtec 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-3 2098/68695 28. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM Division. 29. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. 30. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 31. Triangle PWC Co. 32. Wheatland Tube Co. 33. Or approved equal. 2.2 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): hot -dip galvanized steel tubing to ANSI C80.3 with fittings be for use in accordance with NEC Article 358 "Electrical Metallic Tubing: Type EMT", NRTL-listed and labeled under UL 797. B. Provide locknuts, bushings, fittings, conduit bodies, junction boxes, pull boxes, and outlet boxes as follows: 1. NEMA enclosure type in accordance with Part 3 of this Section 2. Locknuts: galvanized steel 3. Bushings: thermoplastic 4. Fittings; a. Indoor and two (2") inches in size and smaller, shall be steel compression type fittings. b. 2-1/2 inch size and larger must employ steel compression gland fittings. c. Outdoor shall be rain -tight steel compression gland fittings. d. Indent type fittings shall not be used. e. Where installed in slab or concrete work, provide approved concrete tight fittings. 5. Conduit bodies: cast metal 6. Junction and outlet boxes: stamped steel in dry indoor areas, cast metal in wet and outdoor areas 7. Pull boxes: painted sheet metal with hinged screw cover 2.3 RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS): hot dip galvanized exterior and interior to ANSI C80.1, threads hot dip galvanized after fabrication, for use in accordance with NEC Article "Rigid Metal Conduit: Type RMC", NRTL-listed and labeled under UL 6. Threads shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication. B. Provide RMC locknuts, bushings, fittings, conduit bodies, junction boxes, pull boxes, and outlet boxes as follows: 1. NEMA ratings: in accordance with Part 3 of this Section 2. Locknuts: galvanized steel. Locknuts on outside of NEMA 12 sheet metal enclosures shall be sealing 0 -ring type. 3. Bushings: galvanized steel or malleable iron, insulated -throat grounding type, with thermoset plastic insulation insert, complete with mechanical ground lug for connection to ground wire. 4. Fittings: ANSI 80.4, hot -dip galvanized cast steel or malleable iron. Conduit hubs or similar approved fittings shall be provided for conduit entry to water and dust - resistant enclosures. Use aluminum fittings with aluminum conduit. 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-4 2098/68695 5. Conduit bodies: galvanized cast steel or malleable iron Form 8 with oil -resistant gasket and galvanized cast steel or malleable iron cover. Use cast aluminum conduit bodies with aluminum conduit. 6. Junction boxes: galvanized cast steel or malleable iron with oil -resistant gasket and galvanized cast steel or malleable iron cover in non -hazardous areas, cast or malleable iron external screw cover type in hazardous (classified) areas for other than aluminum conduit. Use cast aluminum junction boxes with aluminum conduit. 7. Pull boxes: painted or stainless steel fabricated sheet metal type with hinged screw cover in non -hazardous areas, cast aluminum with hinged bolted cover in hazardous (classified) areas for other than aluminum conduit. Use cast aluminum pull -boxes with aluminum conduits. 8. Outlet boxes: Type FS or FD for exposed locations in non -hazardous areas. . 9. Terminal boxes: Enclosures for terminal blocks and electrical equipment and components: NEMA 250, with interior white painted steel panel, and hinged cover. Stainless steel sheet metal with flush 1/4 -turn latch for non -hazardous areas, cast aluminum with hinged and bolted cast cover for hazardous (classified) locations. 2.4 RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT A. Rigid non-metallic conduit: Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride conduit to NEMA TC -2, for use in accordance with NEC Article "Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Type RNC", NRTL- listed and labeled under UL 651. B. RNC Fittings: solvent -welded PVC, NRTL listed and labeled, by same manufacturer as the conduit. 2.5 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) A. Flexible metal conduit (FMC): Galvanized steel flexible steel conduit, for use in accordance with NEC Article "Flexible Metal Conduit: Type FMC", NRTL listed and labeled. 2.6 SINGLE CONDUIT HANGERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Appleton 2. Crouse -Hinds 3. Erico International Corporation (Caddy) 4. Killark 5. Thomas and Betts (Kindorf, Steel City) 6. Unistrut 7. Or approved equal B. Single RMC attachment to structural steel: galvanized malleable iron PC (parallel clamp), EC (edge clamp), and RC (right angle clamp) type conduit -to -structural -steel clamps, or galvanized steel clevis hangers on galvanized steel threaded rods attached to galvanized malleable iron beam clamps. Bolts shall be galvanized steel. 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-5 2098/68695 C. Single RMC attachment to concrete and masonry surfaces: galvanized malleable iron one -hole clamp and galvanized malleable iron clamp -back, or galvanized steel clevis hangers on galvanized steel threaded rods attached to galvanized steel rod hanger fitting bolted to concrete with expansion bolts. Bolts shall be galvanized steel. D. Single EMT attachment to structural steel: galvanized malleable iron beam clamp with hardened set screw and threaded hole for galvanized steel single -bolt conduit hanger or threaded rod and clevis hanger. Bolts shall be plated steel. E. Single EMT attachment to concrete and masonry surfaces: galvanized steel one -hole clamp and galvanized steel clamp -back, or plated steel single -bolt hangers on plated steel threaded rods attached to galvanized steel rod hanger fitting bolted to concrete with expansion bolts. Single piece combination one -hole clamp and clamp -back hangers are also acceptable. Bolts shall be plated steel. 2.7 MULTIPLE CONDUIT HANGERS (CHANNEL SUPPORTS) A. Manufacturers: 1. Aickinstrut 2. Cooper B -Line 3. GS Metals Inc. 4. Thomas & Betts (Kindorf) 5. Unistrut 6. Or approved equal B. Steel channel and associated hardware and fittings: 1. 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch nominal size, minimum. UL 5B listed and labeled. Thickness as required for the application, minimum 0.071 inches. 2. Deflection of individual support channels shall not exceed 1/180 of span when loaded with conduit plus 200 pounds. 3. Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication: Zinc -coated after all manufacturing and forming operations are completed. Zinc coating conforming to ASTM A 123 or A 153. 4. Stainless steel: Type 304 or better 5. Bolts: Grade 3 or better. Finish and materials to match channel, except that electroplated bolts shall be used with electro -galvanized steel channel, and stainless steel bolts shall be used with pre -galvanized, galvanized channel. 2.8 CONDUIT EXPANSION AND DEFLECTION FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Crouse -Hinds 2. Spring City Electric 3. O.Z. Gedney 4. Thomas & Betts B. Conduit expansion and deflection fittings: 1. Suitable for the anticipated expansion joint elongation and deflection at each expansion joint. 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-6 2098/68695 2. Materials of construction: Hot dip galvanized ductile iron body, neoprene sealing sleeve, stainless steel clamps, tinned flexible copper equipment bonding jumper. 2.9 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper Crouse -Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. EGS/Appleton Electric. 3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 4. Hoffman. 5. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. Division. 6. O-Z/Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 7. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 8. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. 9. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet Division. 10. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 11. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 12. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). 13. Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary. B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. C. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover. D. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2. E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. F. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. G. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous -hinge cover with flush latch, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. H. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized -steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 2.10 CONDUIT/CABLE SEALING A. Exterior Walls 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-7 2098/68695 1. Provide Roxtec RS seal, with core, or approved equal with the following ratings: a. Stainless steel compression fittings b. Multi -diameter elastomeric sealing module c. Fire Rating: A -Class, H -Class, UL 1479. FM approved firestop design. d. Rated water pressure: 4 bar e. Rated Gas pressure: 2.5 bar 13. Weatherproof Generator Enclosure, Exterior Wall 1. Provide Roxtec GH Frame with RM PE modules, or approved equal. 2. General Assembly ratings: a. Fire Rating: UL 1479. FM approved firestop design. b. Multi -diameter elastomeric sealing module c. Rated water pressure: 3 bar d. Rated gas pressure: 1.5 bar e. Enclosure rating: IP 66/67/68 3. Frame ratings: a. Galvanized mild steel with pre -drilled holes for bolting to metal - insulated wall panel. b. Flanged frame. 4. Accessories: a. Silicone RTV Sealant — a minimum of 'A" diameter bead of silicone RTV sealant shall be applied as a gasket between the device frame mounting flange and the metal -insulated wall panel. b. Wedge c. Stayplate d. Wedge clip e. Lubricant C. Interior Walls 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hilti, Inc. b. 3M Fire Protection Products c. USG Corporation d. Or equal 2. Penetration Firestopping a. Penetrations in horizontal assemblies: Provide penetration of firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01 -inch wg. b. Accessories: 1) Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestopping indicated. a) Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, such as fillers for sealers, fire rated form board, slag -wool -fiber or rock -wool - fiber insulation, and sealants used in combination. b) Temporary forming materials. c) Substrate primers 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-8 2098/68695 d) Collars e) Steel sleeves. 3. Fill Materials a. Latex Sealants: Single -component latex formulations that do not re - emulsify after cure during exposure to moisture. b. Firestop Devices: Factory -assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of penetrant. c. Mortars: Prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar. d. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone -based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. e. Silicone Sealants: Single -component, silicone -based, neutral -curing elastomeric sealants. 2.11 FACTORY FINISHES A. Finish: For painted steel enclosures, provide manufacturer's standard commercial and industrial coating in ANSI 49 or 61 light gray color, or different color when required by the NEC. B. Field painting will be required for uncoated cast iron, steel, galvanized, zinc -coated, and factory primed surfaces. Products shall be degreased and made suitable for field painting prior to packaging for shipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS A. Raceway applications shall be as described below, unless specifically indicated otherwise. B. Outdoor raceways, boxes, and fittings: 1. Exposed: RGS 2. Concealed in hollow masonry or concrete exterior walls: RGS 3. Underground, Individual Conduit Runs: RGS. 4. Underground Duct Banks: Schedule 40 rigid non-metallic conduit 5. Underground Duct Banks, Sweeps: RGS 6. Conduit Support Channels: hot dip galvanized C. Indoor raceways, boxes, and fittings 1. Below slab conduits: RGS 2. Exposed (below 6' AFF): RGS in above -grade, exposed locations. Where PVC conduits enter the building from beneath the slab or through the walls, the PVC conduit may extend to the first junction box or device, unless otherwise shown. 3. Exposed (above 6' AFF): EMT 4. Concealed within framed walls (dry areas): EMT 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-9 2098/68695 5. Connections to transformers, motor -driven equipment, vibrating equipment, and equipment requiring position adjustment, e.g., rail -mounted motors: liquid tight flexible metal conduit 6. Conduit Support Channels: electro galvanized 7. Boxes and fittings: as described in each raceway sub -section, and recommended as suitable for the particular application by the manufacturer. 8. Enclosures: as specified in Division 26 Section "Electrical - General". D. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 -inch trade size except that 1/2 inch trade size may be used for lighting circuits, HVAC and Fire Alarm control circuits or where specifically scheduled. 3.2 INSTALLATION — GENERAL A. Deliver raceways, boxes, and fittings to job site in factory packaging. Store in clean, dry, weatherproof locations. Handle in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install raceways, boxes, and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and NEC requirements as a minimum, and comply with the additional requirements described in this Section. C. Conduits shall be electrically and mechanically continuous, and suitable for use as an equipment -grounding conductor. Make up threaded joints wrench tight. D. When Coordination Drawings are specified in Part 1 of this Section, do not commence work until coordination drawings for the entire building are approved. E. Comply with NEC requirements for sizing outlet and junction boxes to accommodate wires, splices, and devices. F. Bends and offsets between pull points shall not exceed a cumulative total of 270 degrees unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Maximum distance between pull points in conduit systems inside buildings shall be 100 feet unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. G. Raceways shall be routed in conformance with the following guidelines: 1. The preferred location for horizontal conduit runs is just below the ceiling structural supports. 2. Do not obstruct access to equipment for operation and maintenance. Coordinate conduit runs with the work of other trades. Plan conduit runs to avoid lighting fixtures, and leave space for easy access to HVAC equipment, motors, and duct access hatches and doors. 3. Route conduits around doors, windows, hatches, louvers, and other building openings, and around range and fume hoods. 4. Group conduits on horizontal trapeze hangers or on wall -mounted steel channel where long horizontal runs are required. 5. Maintain eight feet minimum clearance above finished floor wherever it is physically possible to do so. Comply with OSHA requirements for minimum headroom. 6. Comply with raceway, boxes, and fitting details shown on the Drawings. 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-10 2098/68695 H. Cut conduits square with roller -wheel pipe cutter. Hacksaw cuts are acceptable only if the entire conduit is swabbed clean after cutting and threading is completed. Conduits cut in the field shall be threaded with sharp, standard NPT dies to achieve a fully cut tapered thread with a minimum of five full tapered threads at the end of the conduit. Running threads are not acceptable. Over- and under -threading are not acceptable. After threading, ream conduit ends, remove cuttings and debris from inside and outside of conduit, degrease, and apply cold spray -on zinc -rich paint. 1. Conduits entering the building or vaults from below grade, through exterior walls, or through the roof, shall be sealed at the first interior junction box or device. The sealant shall be duct seal, except where a permanent water tight seal is required. J. Conduit bends shall be made with conduit bending tools manufactured for the purpose. Comply with conduit and bending tool manufacturers' instructions. K. Do not cut or drill holes in structural beams and columns, or other structural members. Do not weld raceway supports to structural steel. L. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints wrench tight. M. Provide expansion, deflection, or expansion & deflection couplings at building expansion joints. Expansion and deflection fittings shall comply with UL 467 and UL 514B, and shall be suitable for the anticipated amount of movement and direction(s) of movement. N. Three-piece (Erickson) couplings shall be used where it is not possible to turn conduits to make up threaded joints. Threadless fittings are not generally acceptable. Application for permission to use threadless fittings at particular locations shall be made in writing to the Engineer, and threadless fittings shall not be used unless approved. 0. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. P. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. Q. Terminations: 1. Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside box. Install bushings wrench -tight. 2. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into hub so end bears against wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so coupling is square to box; tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed. 3. Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways. R. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 -lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. S. Flexible Connections: 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-11 2098/68695 1. Motors and equipment subject to vibration or movement: maximum 36 inches of LFMC up to 2 inch trade size, up to 72 inches in larger sizes, and explosion - proof couplings of adequate length for the installed conditions in hazardous (classified) locations. 2. Install separate equipment bonding jumper across flexible connections where required by the NEC. 3.3 INSTALLATION — EXPOSED RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Install raceways, boxes, and fittings exposed B. Install exposed raceways parallel or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members. 1. Run raceways together in-groups on common supports wherever possible. 2. Do not use mechanical piping or ceiling supports to support conduit runs. C. Make concentric bends in parallel exposed conduit runs. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways. D. Surface -mounted channel supports shall be 1-1/2 inch x 1-1/2 inch channel bolted to wall or roof framing with expansion anchors or clamps. E. Suspended (trapeze) channel supports shall be 1-1/2 inch x 1-1/2 inch channel suspended from minimum 3/8 inch threaded rod. Fasten rods to structural steel with beam clamps or channel assemblies designed specifically for each application. Fasten threaded rods to concrete with expansion bolts and threaded rod hanger, or concrete channel inserts F. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and mechanical piping (including insulation). Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. G. Install electrical enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner. H. Bends in conduits containing medium voltage cables shall have a centerline radius of 42", except where available space prohibits such a radius. Written permission shall be obtained before using conduits with smaller radius. 3.4 INSTALLATION — CONCEALED RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Install raceways, boxes, and fittings concealed, including in walls and within or below floor slabs, as indicated on the Drawings. B. Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance, considering type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated. C. Raceways embedded in slabs: Install in middle 1/3 of slab thickness where practical and leave at least 2 inches of concrete cover. 1. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-12 2098/68695 2. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. Maintain 4 inch minimum spacing between conduit exterior surfaces. 3. Run conduit larger than 1 -inch trade size parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 3.5 FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS A. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. 1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestopping. C. Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire -resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.6 INSTALLATION — UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Comply with the requirements in section "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems." B. At conduit entries into buildings that are not part of concrete -encased duct bank construction, install wall sleeves or core drill conduit entrance holes and provide conduit seals. When core drilling holes, use non-destructive testing method to located reinforcing steel, and core drill holes to avoid reinforcing steel. 3.7 PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings and finishes without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanize finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 3.8 CLEANING & PAINTING A. Swab conduits clean after installation and plug ends until conductors are installed. B. Remove dust, construction debris, plaster and paint spatters from raceways, boxes, and fittings after all trades have completed their work, and prior to painting. 05/16 18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-13 2098/68695 C. All conduit and exposed boxes or enclosures in Weill Hall shall be painted white, to match all other utility piping and conduit. Coordinate with Cornell University facility manager prior to applying paint. END OF SECTION 05/16/18 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 43-1 2098/68695 SECTION 26 05 43 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for underground duct systems, including conduits, spacers, warning tape, and concrete encasement. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the General Provisions. B. Submittals shall include catalog cuts and specifications for the following: 1. Warning tape 2. Ductbank conduit spacers 3. Conduits and conduit fittings 4. Mandrel test results PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1 CONDUIT A. Rigid Steel (RSC) 1. Conduit shall be galvanized steel, hot -dipped with zinc over the entire length, both exterior and interior including threads. 2. Each conduit shall have a coupling on one end and a thread protector on the other. 3. Conduits shall meet the requirements of ANSI Standards C80.1 and C80.4. 4. The conduit shall be manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corporation, Pittsburgh Standard Conduit Company, Triangle PWC Co. or equal. B. Schedule 40 PVC 1. Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride conduit to NEMA TC -2, for use in accordance with NEC Article "Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Type RNC", NRTL-listed and labeled under UL 651. Each conduit shall have an integral bell at one end. 2. Conduits shall be suitable for encasement in concrete or direct burial and shall be listed for use in above and below ground applications that are subject to physical damage. 05/16/18 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 26 05 43-2 2098/68695 3. Conduits shall be rated for use with conductors rated for, and operating at 90 degree C. 4. Conduits shall be sunlight resistant. 5. Conduits shall be permanently marked with the manufacturer's name or trademark, nominal size, schedule (40), and any other markings required or permitted by NEMA TC2. 6. Fittings used with schedule 40 PVC shall be schedule 40 PVC. 7. Conduits shall meet the requirements of NEMA TC2, Federal Specification WC1094A, and UL 651. Conduits shall be listed by UL or ETL. 8. Conduits and fittings shall be manufactured by Carlon Electric Conduit Co., Cantex, Ipex, or equal. 2.2 WARNING TAPE A. Tape shall be of the detectable type and shall consist of a 4 mil or heavier polyethylene tape with an aluminum foil detection strip. Tape shall be 6 inches wide and shall be HTDU series as manufactured by the Panduit Corp. Cumming, GA, Thomas & Betts E -Z Code, Blackburn Detectable Tape or approved equal. Tape legends shall be black lettering on red background two lines wide, letters 2 inches tall. Engraving shall be: "CAUTION ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW" 2.3 DUCTBANK CONDUIT SPACERS A. Underground ductbank conduit spacers shall provide stability and consistent separation of conduits within duct banks. Spacers shall be sized for the conduits with which they are used. They shall provide both vertical and horizontal spacing as shown on the drawings. Spacing between adjacent conduits shall be 2 inches unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Spacers shall be as manufactured by Carlon, Underground Devices, or equal. 2.4 REINFORCED CONCRETE A. Concrete for duct banks shall be 3000 PSI mix with 3/8" maximum pea gravel aggregate and 7 to 8 in. slump. B. Reinforcing steel shall be ASTM Grade 60 deformed bars. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Burial Depth 1. Burial depth to the top of the upper most conduit shall be a minimum of 24 inches unless otherwise shown. 05/16/18 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 26 05 43-3 2098/68695 B. Conduit Spacers l. Conduit spacers shall be used when installing two or more concrete encased underground conduits. Conduit spacers shall be installed at intervals of 8 feet or less. Spacers shall be provided for the top row of conduits to provide positive verification of required concrete depth. C. Warning Tape 1. All buried conduits or groups of conduits shall have a warnitape buried 12 inches under finished grade and located directly over the centerline of the conduits. D. Conduit Terminations and Grounding 1. Conduits terminating at manholes shall have endbells or insulated bushings. 2. Each termination of each metallic conduit shall be bonded to the local grounding system. If conduits have endbells, grounding shall be accomplished with u"U" style connector installed on conduits outside of the manhole. The "U" connector shall be UL 467 Iisted and suitable for direct burial and shall be Burndy GAR -BU series or equal. Ifconduits have bushings, grounding shall be accomplished with insulated grounding bushings. Bushings shall be ratd for conductors operating at 150 degrees C, shall have cast malleable iron bodies, shall be UL listed, and shall be Thomas & Betts 3870 series or equal. E. Fishwire 1. Where spare conduits are installed, the conduit shall be provided with a nylon fishwire. Sparc conduits terminating at riser poles and other outdoor Iocations shall be capped with an approved cap. F. Cleaning and Testing l. Thoroughly clean all new ducts, including sparducts that were installed under this contract. After cleaning, pull a mandrel that is 12 inches long, with a diameter 1/4-iocb Iess than the duct inside diameter, through all new ducts. If obstructions are encountered in existing ducts, notify the Owner and use progressively smaller mandrels until a mandrel can be pulled throughout the length wfthe duct. 2. Provide written summary documenting the size and type of mandrel used and the date that each duct was tested. Ifa duct fails the mandrel test, describe the testing perforrncd and proposed actions to address thc failure. 85/16/18 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 260434 2098/68695 G. Concrete 1. Place concrete directly into trenches without formwork where soil conditions permit. Provide formwork in soils where conditions are not suitable for using trench walis to form the walis ofthe duct banks. 2. A minimum of 2 inches ofconcrete shall be provided between outside edge of reinforcing and earth. 3. Concrete delivery chutes shall be used so the fall distance between end ofchute and duct bank is minimized. The sides ofthe duct bank shall be formed, or splashboards utilized (preferred) to divert concrete frorn trench sides and to avoid disiodging stones and soil. 4. When placing concrete, encase from the fiuedend ofthe duct toward the free end; do not encase from each end toward the center. H. Cold Weather Concrete Placernent 1. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or Iow temperatures. Comply with ACI 306 and as foliows. 2. When air temperature has fallen to, or ito fall to below 40 degrees F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not Iess than 50 degrees F and not more than 80 degrees F at point ofplacernent. 3. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 4. Calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators shall not be used. 5. Protect freshly poured concrete from freezing for a period of 7 days from pour. Submit proposed protectionmctbwds, for approval, approval, at Ieast two weeks in advance ofpour. 3.2 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A. Conduits shall generally be as applied as shown on the drawings. Where condutypes are not shown on drawings, conduit types shall be as follows: 1. Rigid steel shall be used for all conduits exposed to physical damage. This includes conduits on the exterior of buildings or other structures and conduits at riser poles. 2. Where a transition is required between steel and PVC conduits, such transition shall take place at a manhole, junction box, or in an underground horizontal section of conduit. 05/16/10 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 26 05 43-5 2098/68695 B. Bends in underground conduits shall have a minimum radius as shown on the All bends shall be rigid malvuuized steel. Where bending radius is not shown on the drawings, minimum centerline radius shall be as follows: Conduit Size Radius (inches 3 inch 36 4 inch 42 5 inch 48 33 CONDUIT SEALS A. Conduit seals shall be installed where conduits enter disconnecswitches, panelboards junction boxes or similar enclosures. Such seals shall minimize the circulation of air between the underground conduit system and indoor or above grade enclosures. Seals shall be composed of Duct Seal sealing compound or similar non -hardening, removable sealant. 05/16/18 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 26 05 53-1 2098/68695 A. Provide electrical equipment nameplates, junction, pull and outlet box labels, raceway identification, wiremarkers, circuit identification, and warning signs for electrical equipment included in this Contract, as specified herein. B. This Section includes product and installation requirements for identification of electrical equipment, raceways, conductors, circuits, and outlets, and warning signs. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Materials and installation shall be in accordance with the latest revisions of the following codes, standards and specifications, except where more stringent requirements have been specified herein: 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 2. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) 3. NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace® 4. NFPA 79 Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Manufacturers shall have accreditation to ISO 9000:2000 or an equivalent quality management system acceptable to the Engineer, and shall offer NRTL-listed and labeled products. B. Comply with NFPA and OSHA standards. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with the General Provisions. B. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Product data 2. Complete list of all engraved nameplates. 05/16/18 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 53-2 2098/68695 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. Provide custom nameplates for all equipment listed in Part 3 of this Section. B. Nameplates shall have white letters engraved on black field, and shall be fabricated from 3 -layer (black -white -black) thermoset plastic. C. Drill holes in nameplates to be fastened with tie -wraps as described in Part 3 of this Section. D. Nameplate lettering to be uppercase Roman block letters, minimum height as follows: 1. MCCs, VFCs, panelboards, and transformers: 1/2 inch. 2. Process Control Panels (unless factory -labeled): 1/2 inch. 3. Valve actuators: 3/8 inch. 4. Other equipment: 1/4 -inch minimum. 2.2 PUNCHED TAPE LABELS (RECEPTACLE IDENTIFICATION) A. Punched Tape Labels for identification of receptacle circuits shall be 1/2 -inch black tape with white raised lettering. B. Manufacturer: Dymo or approved equal 2.3 WIREMARKERS A. Wiremarkers shall be computer -printed on white wrap-around paper with clear plastic protective "tail" and pressure -sensitive adhesive. B. Manufacturer: Brady, T&B, Panduit, or approved equal. 2.4 WIRE COLOR CODING A. Comply with NEC requirements for applying color -coding. B. Color Coding for service, feeder, and branch circuit wiring shall be as follows: 1. 208 / 120 VOLTS A -B -C -N -G Black - Red - Blue - White - Green 2. 240 / 120 VOLTS A -B -C -N -G Black - Red - Blue - White - Green 3. 480 / 277 VOLTS A -B -C -N -G Brown - Orange - Yellow - Gray - Green C. Color coding for 120 VAC control wiring shall be as follows: 1. Line -Black 2. Neutral - White 3. Ground - Green 4. Switched - any color except black, white, and green. 05/16/18 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 53-3 2098/68695 D. Color coding for twisted shielded pair and twisted shielded triple signal cable conductors shall be the manufacturer's standard insulation colors. E. Color coding for DC power and control circuit wires: 1. Negative polarity - Black 2. Positive polarity - Red 3. Switched - any color except black, red, white, and green. 2.5 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed unpainted conduits with a black indelible felt-tip marker. 13. Identify exposed painted conduits with laminated tags fastened with nylon ties. 2.6 WARNING SIGNS A. Provide warning signs on electrical equipment, electrical room doors, and automatically started mechanical equipment in accordance with NEC and OSHA requirements. B. Electrical Room warning signs shall have the legend "Danger - High Voltage - Authorized Personnel Only". PART 3- INSTALLATION 3.1 NAMEPLATES A. Fabricate equipment nameplates using the description and tag number nomenclature shown on the Drawings. B. Provide equipment nameplates for switchboards, circuit breakers, transfer switches, panelboards, transformers, and disconnect switches. C. Fasten nameplates to clean flat metal surfaces with pressure -sensitive two-sided adhesive tape. 3.2 RECEPTACLES A. Label all receptacle circuits on device faceplates with punched (Dymo) tape. B. Provide the following information after load balancing is complete: 1. Panel Designations (as shown on the Panelboard Schedules) 2. Branch Circuit Breaker Number 05/16/18 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 53-4 2098/68695 3.3 WIRE COLOR CODING AND MARKING A. Color code each phase, neutral, and ground wire for service conductors, feeders, and branch circuits, at points of origin and termination of wires. B. Provide wiremarkers on all control and signal wires, as shown on the approved Loop Diagrams, Motor Control Wiring diagrams, and Control Panel field wiring diagrams. 3.4 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION A. Clean unpainted conduit surfaces with mineral spirits. Write conduit number shown on the Conduit & Wire Schedules on each conduit at each exposed conduit termination point. B. Attached conduit identification labels to painted conduits with nylon tie -wraps. 3.5 WARNING SIGNS A. Fasten Electrical Room warning signs to doors with self -tapping tamper-resistant stainless screws. B. Suspend automatically started equipment warning signs above motors with chain hangers. C. Install warning signs required by OSHA in accordance with OSHA recommendations. 3.6 PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES A. During construction, provide handwritten panelboard schedules. After load balancing has been completed, provide complete typewritten directory with protective clear plastic cover for each panelboard, with name of load as shown on the Panelboard Schedules on the Drawings for each individual branch circuit. B. Lighting, receptacle, and appliance branch circuits shall be identified with room names in the panel directory. C. When branch circuits are relocated, the panel directory shall be updated to indicate functions and locations. D. When branch circuits are removed the panel directory shall be updated to indicate a spare. E. Handwritten directory shall be provided until all circuits are connected. After panelboard acceptance testing and load balancing, install the permanent directory. END OF SECTION 05/16/18 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 22 13-1 2098/68695 SECTION 26 22 13 LOW -VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. This Section includes the dry type distribution transfornier, enclosure, and accessories. Electrical ratings shall be as shown on the Drawings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Materials and installation shall be in accordance with the latest revisions of the latest revisions of the following codes, standards and specifications, except where more stringent requirements have been specified herein: 1. National Electric Code - NEC 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association - NEMA 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. - UL 4. American National Standard Institute - ANSI 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Manufacturer 1. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be furnished by manufacturers who meet the quality, workmanship, and experience requirements as specified in the General Provisions section of this Contract. 2. A written warranty executed by the manufacturer agreeing to replace equipment specified herein that fails in materials or workmanship a minimum of 1 year from the date of acceptance by the Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals and samples shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions set forth in the General Provisions. B. Prior to obtaining any material in connection with this Section, detailed shop drawings on all material shall be submitted, including, but not limited to: 1. Transformers (each type) C. Submittals shall contain a material list with manufacturer data describing the material and showing its compliance with specifications, associated standards and test requirements. D. Samples of any material shall be submitted upon Owner's Representative's request. 05/16/18 Low -Voltage Distribution Transformers 26 22 13-2 2098/68695 E. Other Submittals 1. Warranty documentation. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1 TRANSFORMERS A. Dry Type Transformer 05/16/18 1. Single-phase transformers shall be 480 volt primary and 120/240 volt secondary unless otherwise noted. Three phase transformers shall be 480 volt delta primary and 208Y/120 unless otherwise noted. Transformers 15 kVA and larger shall have a minimum of 4-2 'A% full capacity primary taps. Exact voltages and taps to be as designated on the Contract Drawings or the Transformer Schedule. 2. General Purpose transformers 15 kVA and above shall be high efficiency type and shall meet or exceed the requirements of Department of Energy (DOE) 10 CFR part 431. Efficiency Requirements Single Phase Transformers kVA % Efficiency 15 97.7% 25 98.0% 37.5 98.2% 50 98.3% 75 98.5% 100 98.6% 167 98.7% EfficiencyRe uirements Three Phase Transformers kVA % Efficiency 15 97.89% 30 98.23% 45 98.4% 75 98.6% 112.5 98.74% 150 98.83% 225 98.94% 300 99.02% 3. Transformers 15 kVA and above shall be 150°C temperature rise above 40°C ambient. All insulating materials to be in accordance with NEMA ST20 standards for a 220°C UL component recognized insulation system. 4. Transformer coils shall be of the continuous wound construction. Coils shall be aluminum construction. 5. Cores shall be constructed of high grade, non -aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities shall be kept well below the saturation point. The core Low -Voltage Distribution Transformers 26 22 13-3 2098/68695 laminations shall be clamped together with structural steel angles. The completed core and coil shall then be bolted to the base of the enclosure but isolated there from by means of rubber, vibration -absorbing mounts. There shall be no metal -to -metal contact between the core, coil, and the enclosure. 6. Transformers 15 kVA and larger shall be in a heavy gauge, sheet steel, ventilated enclosure. The ventilating openings shall be designed to prevent accidental access to live parts in accordance with UL, NEMA, and National Electrical Code standards for ventilated enclosures. Transformer 25 kVA through 112.5 kVA shall be designed so they can be either floor or wall mounted. Above 112.5 kVA they shall be floor mounted design. 7. The entire transformer enclosure shall be primed, and finished with a polymer polyester powder coating. The coating color shall be ANSI 49. 8. The core of the transformer shall be visibly grounded to the enclosure by means of a flexible grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable NEMA, IEEE, and ANSI standards. 9. Sound levels shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer not to exceed the following: a. 15 to 50 kVA — 45dB; b. 51 to 150 kVA — 50dB; c. 151 to 300 kVA — 55dB; d. 301 to 500 kVA — 60dB 10. Dry Type Transformers shall be type as manufactured by General Electric, Square D, Eaton, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TRANSFORMERS A. General 1. The equipment shall be installed as shown, specified and recommended by the manufacturer. Equipment shall be wall or floor mounted as shown. 2. The installed equipment shall be field checked by the manufacturer's service engineer who shall perform the following services: a. Check the installed equipment for proper assembly and connections including wiring to external equipment. 05/16/18 Low -Voltage Distribution Transformers 26 24 16-1 2098/68695 SECTION 26 24 16 — PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide panelboards as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. This Section includes the following: 1. Lighting and receptacle branch -circuit panelboards. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. In addition to the definitions in Division "Electrical" Section "Electrical", the following definitions apply to this Section: 1. EMI: Electromagnetic interference 2. RFI: Radio-frequency interference 3. RMS: Root mean square 4. SPDT: Single pole, double throw 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, transient voltage surge suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment, submit the following: 1. Specially prepared drawing for each panelboard showing dimensions, busbars, circuit breakers, doors and trim, latches and locking devices, and complete bill of materials listing all components. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. b. Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. c. Short-circuit current rating of panelboard and overcurrent protective devices d. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power (for all panelboards) and control wiring (for panelboards with control devices). C. Field quality -control test reports including the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. 05/16/18 Panelboards 26 24 16-2 2098/68695 D. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2. Time -current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of adjustable overcurrent protective device. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of panelboards and are based on the specific system indicated. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D. Comply with NEMA PB 1. E. Comply with NFPA 70 F. Comply with UL 67 and UL 50 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock. 2. Key all panelboards alike 3. Arc flash warning label as specified in latest edition of NFPA 70 4. 20% spare breakers or as indicated on Contract Drawings, whichever is more stringent. 05/16/18 Panelboards 26 24 16-3 2098/68695 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories: a. Eaton Corporation; Cutler -Hammer Products. b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Protection Div. c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. d. Square D. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. All panelboards shall be dead front design B. Enclosures: Surface -mounted cabinets in conformance with NEMA PB 1. 1. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface -mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush -mounted fronts, overlap box. 2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. Provide full height piano hinge. 3. Gutter Extension and Barrier: Same gauge and finish as panelboard enclosure; integral with enclosure body. Arrange to isolate individual panel sections.. 4. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion -resistant treatment or primer coat. 5. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted in metal frame, inside panelboard door. 6. The manufacturer's nameplate shall be of corrosion resistant metal such as stainless steel and have the pertinent ratings embossed in raised letters and numerals. The pertinent ratings shall include at least the following; amperage, voltage, phase, wires, AIC, manufacturer and model number. C. Phase and Neutral Buses: Tin-plated hard -drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. D. Equipment Ground Bus: Hard -drawn copper, adequate connections for feeder and branch -circuit equipment ground conductors; bonded to box. E. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material. 1. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 2. Ground Lugs: Mechanical type. 2.3 PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING A. Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 05/16/18 Panelboards 26 24 16-4 2098/68695 2.4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH -CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in with positive gripping jaw assemblies and locked pressure connections circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. B. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.5 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time -current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous -Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front -mounted, field -adjustable trip setting. 3. Current -Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let -through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK -5. B. Molded -Case Circuit -Breaker Features and Accessories: Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 1. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. 2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. 3. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage without intentional time delay. 4. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing or factory -assembled to operate as a single unit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1. B. Mount top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, C. Mount plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount fronts uniformly flush with wall finish. 1. unless otherwise indicated. recessed panelboards with D. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers. 1. Set field -adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trip ranges. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. F. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. 05/16/18 Panelboards 26 24 16-5 2098/68695 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. B. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or laminated -plastic nameplate mounted with corrosion -resistant screws. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment in accordance with NEC Article 250. B. Connect wiring according to Division "Electrical" Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables". 3.4 CLEANING A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Perform electrical test and visual and mechanical inspections described in the following NETA Acceptance Testing Specification Inspection and Test Procedures that are applicable to the products furnished for this project: a. 7.1 "Switchgear and Switchboard Assemblies" b. 7.6.1.1 "Circuit Breakers, Air, Insulated -Case, Molded -Case" 2. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. END OF SECTION 05/16/18 Panelboards SECTION 26 32 13.11 ENGINE -GENERATOR LOAD TEST BANK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 26 32 13.11-1 2098/68695 A. Provide engine -generator resistive load bank, as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Related requirements are included in the following Division "Electrical" Sections: 1. "Automatic Transfer Switches" for transfer switches including sensors and relays to initiate automatic starting and stopping signals for engine -generator sets. 2. "Identification for Electrical Systems" for labeling. 3. "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems" for load bank grounding. 1.3 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following components: 1. Resistive load bank 2. Resistive load bank control panel 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer's Factory Qualifications: Manufacturing facilities shall have accreditation to ISO 9000:2000 or an equivalent quality management system acceptable to the Engineer. The manufacturing company shall be listed in a published NRTL directory of companies offering NRTL-listed and labeled products. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to the AHJ, and marked for intended use. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Comply with the following standards in effect at the time of bid submittal unless otherwise noted in Division "General Requirements": 1. NEMA ICS 6 Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures 2. UL 50 Safety Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 3. UL 489 Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches, and Circuit - Breaker Enclosures 4. UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment 5. UL 1066 Standard for Low -Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures 05/16/18 Engine -Generator Load Test Bank 26 32 13.11-2 2098/68695 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Equipment specified in this Section shall be suitable for operation within the range of indoor temperatures, humidity, and altitude specified in Division "Electrical General" Section "Electrical". B. The load bank in its outdoor weatherproof enclosure shall be suitable for operation when exposed to local weather conditions, including wind -driven precipitation, and an outdoor minimum ambient temperature of 0 degrees Fahrenheit. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to the General Provisions. B. Preconstruction Submittals 1. Qualification data for equipment Manufacturer(s), including quality certification C. Shop Drawings 1. Detail drawings for equipment assemblies indicating dimensions, weights, structural design recommendations for dynamic loading, required clearances for maintenance and operations, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of load bank and other specified components. 3. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Show factory wiring and field wiring, phase rotation and grounding connections. D. Product Data: Include the following: 1. Manufacturer's technical data, including the following: a. Ratings b. Accessories E. Test Reports 1. Factory test reports F. Manufacturer's Instructions 1. Unloading, hoisting, rigging, short term storage, long term storage, and installation instructions 2. Method of field assembly, and location and size of each field connection 3. Installation, testing, and commissioning instructions with checklists G. Manufacturer's Field Reports 05/16/18 Engine -Generator Load Test Bank 26 32 13.11-3 2098/68695 1. Inspection of equipment installation (prior to energization and startup) 2. Acceptance test report 3. Training, including notification to Owner's Representative and class attendance list 4. Maintenance service H. Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals for load bank and load bank controller. I. Closeout Submittals 1. Training course materials 2. Callback and follow-up service reports J. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases with structural design. Comply with load bank manufacturer's installation requirements and recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Simplex, Inc. 2. ASCO Power Technologies (Avtron) 3. Or approved equal. 2.2 RESISTIVE LOAD BANK A. Operational ratings and limitations as follows: 1. Capacity: 2. Voltage: 3. Frequency: 4. Resolution: 5. Duty Cycle: 6. Ambient temp: 500Kw 480 VAC, 30, 3 -wire 60 hertz 250kW step resolution Continuous 120 degrees Fahrenheit B. Description: Permanent, outdoor, weatherproof, remote-controlled, forced -air-cooled, resistive unit capable of providing a balanced 3-phase, delta -connected load to generator set at 100 percent rated system capacity, at 80 percent power factor, lagging. Unit may be composed of separate resistive load banks controlled by a common control panel. Unit shall be capable of selective control of load in 25, 50, 75, and 100 percent steps. The load bank shall be a completely self-contained, freestanding unit which includes all resistive load elements, load control devices, main load bus and terminals, cooling system, control power supply, unit controller and malfunction detection system. 05/16/18 Engine -Generator Load Test Bank 26 32 13.11-4 2098/68695 C. Resistive Load Elements: Open wire, helically wound, corrosion -resistant chromium alloy with ceramic and steel supports, thermally derated to 60%. Elements shall be double insulated and designed for repetitive on-off cycling. Elements shall be mounted in removable aluminized -steel heater cases. Load elements shall be individually serviceable and replaceable in the field without major disassembly of the load bank. The load elements shall be installed in slide out, removable trays such that any element is easily accessed without disturbing any other elements. D. Load -Bank Heat Dissipation: Integral fan with totally enclosed motor shall provide uniform cooling airflow through load elements. Airflow and coil operating current shall be such that, at maximum load, with ambient temperature at the upper end of the specified range, load -bank elements operate at not more than 50 percent of maximum continuous temperature rating of the resistance elements. E. Load Element Switching: Branch circuit, remote-controlled contactors with 120 VAC coils switch groups of load elements. Contactors shall be located in a separate NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure within load -bank enclosure, accessible from exterior through hinged doors with tumbler locks. F. Control power: Internal control circuits via 120V control power transformer. The cooling fan shall operate on line power. Load control circuits and fan motor control operate at 120V via control power transformers. Control circuits shall be fused. G. Contactor Enclosures: Heated by strip heaters with high temperature thermostat cutoff to prevent condensation. Heaters shall be operated at half normal voltage for long life. H. Load -Bank Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R, complying with NEMA ICS 6. Load bank shall discharge air vertically and take air in at the bottom of the enclosure. Openings for airflow shall be screened with 1/2 -inch- (13 -mm-) square, galvanized -steel mesh. Exhaust flow shall be directed through rain and snow shedding louvers. All panels for access to serviceable components are hinged doors with stainless steel hinges and lockable latches. All exterior fasteners shall be stainless steel. The load bank enclosure shall be of double wall construction for cool exterior and thermal isolation of the load elements. Protective Devices: Power input circuits to load banks shall be fused, and fuses shall be selected to coordinate with generator circuit breaker. Fuse blocks shall be located in contactor enclosure. Cooling airflow and over -temperature sensors shall automatically shut down and lock out load bank until manually reset. Safety interlocks on access panels and doors shall disconnect load power, control, and heater circuits. Fan motor shall be separately protected by overload and short-circuit devices. Short-circuit devices shall be non -interchangeable fuses with 200,000-A interrupting capacity. J. Digital Controller: PLC -based with 6" color TFT touchscreen with programmable HMI, remote control installed in type 3R wall -mountable enclosure. Accessories included: 1. Power supply, 24 VDC 2. Remote load dump circuit to allow use of remote dry contacts to trip load bank offline. 3. Remote communication modules, MODBUS RTU/TCIP (Ethernet) 4. Auxiliary dry contacts to indicate "normal operation"/"system failure" 05/16/18 Engine -Generator Load Test Bank 26 32 13.11-5 2098/68695 5. HMI functional control and messaging 2.3 FINISHES A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion -resistant pretreatment and compatible standard primer. 2.4 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: One for every 10 of each type and rating, but not less than six of each. 2. Indicator Lamps: Not less than ten of each type. 3. Filters: Two sets each of lubricating oil, fuel, and combustion -air filters. 4. <List other desired spare parts and special tools> 2.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of generator sets and associated auxiliary components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION PREREQUISITES A. Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting load bank performance. B. Examine roughing -in of piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of connections before generator set installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 CONCRETE BASES A. Coordinate dimensional requirements for concrete bases, inserts, and stub -ups with generator set manufacturer. 3.3 3.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle generator sets and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Comply with load bank manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions. 05/16/18 Engine -Generator Load Test Bank 26 32 13.11-6 • 2098/68695 B. Install load bank level on concrete base. C. Install load bank to provide access, without removing connections or accessories, for periodic maintenance. D. Electrical Wiring: Install and wire electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory wired. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division "Electrical" Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Connect wiring according to Division "Electrical" Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables". C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components according to Division "Electrical" Section "Identification for Electrical Systems". 3.7 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field -assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in acceptance testing. Report results in writing. B. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. C. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. D. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the last 12 months, traceable to standards of the National Institute for Standards and Technology, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request. E. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. F. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. G. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. 05/16/18 Engine -Generator Load Test Bank 26 32 13.11-7 2098/68695 H. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. 3.8 STARTUP SERVICE A. Follow the instructions of the factory -authorized service representative during startup. B. Inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections. Report results in writing. C. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.9 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain load banks. END OF SECTION 05/16/18 Engine -Generator Load Test Bank SECTION 31 05 14 SELECT FILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 31 05 14-1 2098/68695 A. This Section includes selected fill materials used in either embedment or special backfill, as specified or as directed by the Engineer. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Materials and installation shall be in accordance with the latest revisions of the following codes, standards, and specifications, except where more stringent requirements have been specified herein: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. D422 - Method for Particle -Size Analysis of Soil 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Embedment or Lining 1. Any type granular material specified or directed placed below an imaginary line drawn one foot above the inside diameter of the pipe or conduit and within the trench limits. B. Special Backfill 1. Conduits and Pipelines a. Any selected fill material specified or directed placed above an imaginary line drawn one foot above the inside diameter of the pipe or conduit and within the trench limits. 2. Structures a. Any selected fill material specified or directed placed within the excavation limits, either in, under or adjacent to the structure. C. Special Granular Material 1. Special granular material shall mean any of the granular materials listed below or other materials ordered by the Engineer. 05/16/18 Select Fill 31 05 14-2 2098/68695 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Type A 1. Crushed Gravel a. Thoroughly washed crusheddurable, sharp angled fragments ofgravel free from coatings. Crushed particles shall be a minimum of 85% by weight ofthe particles with at Ieast two fractured faces. The total area of each fractional face shall exceed 25% of the maximum cross- sectional area of the particle. b. Crushed gravel shall have the following gradation by weight: % Passing Sieve 100% \'}/2 inch 0 to 25% 3/4 inch Oto 5% 1/2 inch B. Type 1. Crushed Ston a. Thoroughly washed cleanoouod, tough, hard crushed limestone or approved equal free from coatings. Gradation for crushed stone shall be the same as specified for Type A material. C. Type C 1. Crushed Stone a. Thoroughly washed, cleansound, toughhard, crushed lirnestone or approved equal free from coatings. It shall have a gradation by weight of 100% passing al-bnobsquare opening and Ohol5Y6 passing a 3 -inch 05/16/18 Select Fill 31 05 14-3 2098/68695 D. Type D 1. Washed Sand a. Washed coarse sand having the following gradation by weight: % Passing Sieve 100 3/8 inch 95 to 100 No. 4 80 to 100 No. 8 50 to 85 No. 16 25 to 60 No. 30 10 to 30 No. 50 2 to 10 No. 100 E. Type E 1. Run -of -Bank Gravel a. Run -of -bank gravel or other acceptable granular material free from organic matter with a gradation by weight of 100% passing a 1/4 -inch square opening, 30 to 65% passing a 3 -inch square opening and not more than 10% passing a No. 200 mesh sieve as determined by washing through the sieve in accordance with ASTM D422. F. Type F 1. Run -of -crusher Stone a. Run -of -crusher hard durable limestone or approved equal having the following gradation by weight: % Passing Square Opening (inches) 100 1-1/2 inch 95 to 100 1 65 to 80 1/2 40 to 60 1/4 0 to 10 #200 Sieve 05/16/18 Select Fill 31 05 14-4 2098/68695 G. Type G 1. A mixture of Type E material and Portland cement mixed in a ratio of 15:1 and placed and compacted in a dry state. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Special granular material as specified or directed for pipeline embedment shall be placed in accordance with the Section entitled "Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting." B. Special backfill where specified or directed shall be placed in accordance with the backfilling provisions of the Section entitled "Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting," and the Section entitled "Earthwork." 3.2 DISPOSAL OF DISPLACED MATERIALS A. Materials displaced through the use of selected fill shall be wasted or disposed of by the Contractor and the cost of such disposal shall be included in the unit price bid for each of the materials. 3.3 SETTLEMENTS A. Any settlements in the finished work shall be made good by the Contractor. * * * * * 05/16/18 Select Fill SECTION 31 01 01 EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 31 01 01-1 2098/68695 A. This Section includes excavation and backfilling including the loosening, removing, refilling, transporting, storage and disposal of all materials classified as "earth" necessary to be removed for the construction and completion of all work under the Contract, and as shown on the Contract Drawings, specified or directed. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Materials and installation shall be in accordance with the latest revisions of the following codes, standards, and specifications, except where more stringent requirements have been specified herein: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. A328 Specification for Steel Sheet Piling b. D698 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) (600 kN-m/m3) c. D1556 Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method d. DI760 Specification for Pressure Treatment of Timber Products e. D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Excavation (or Trenching) 1. Grubbing, stripping, removing, storing and rehandling of all materials of every name and nature necessary to be removed for all purposes incidental to the construction and completion of all the work under construction. All sheeting, sheetpiling, bracing and shoring, and the placing, driving, cutting off and removing of the same. All diking, ditching, fluming, cofferdamming, pumping, bailing, draining, well pointing, or otherwise disposing of water. The removing and disposing of all surplus materials from the excavations in the manner specified. 05/16/18 Earthwork 31 01 01-2 2098/68695 5. The maintenance, accommodation and protection of travel and the temporary paving of highways, roads and driveways. 6. The supporting and protecting of all tracks, rails, buildings, curbs, sidewalks, pavements, overhead wires, poles, trees, vines, shrubbery, pipes, sewers, conduits or other structures or property in the vicinity of the work, whether over- or underground or which appear within or adjacent to the excavations, and the restoration of the same in case of settlement or other injury. 7. All temporary bridging and fencing and the removing of sante. B. Earth 1. All materials such as sand, gravel, clay, loam, ashes, cinders, pavements, muck, roots or pieces of timber, soft or disintegrated rock, not requiring blasting, barring, or wedging from their original beds, and specifically exclud- ing all ledge or bedrock and individual boulders or masonry larger than one- half cubic yard in volume. C. Backfill 1. The refilling of excavation and trenches to the line of filling indicated on the Contract Drawings or as directed using materials suitable for refilling of excavations and trenches; and the compacting of all materials used in filling or refilling by rolling, ramming, watering, puddling, etc., as may be required. D. Spoil 1. Surplus excavated materials not required or not suitable for backfills or embankments. E. Embankments 1. Fills constructed above the original surface of the ground or such other elevation as specified or directed. F. Limiting Subgrade 1. The underside of the pipe barrel for pipelines 2. The underside of footing lines for structures G. Excavation Below Subgrade 1. Excavation below the limiting subgrades of structures or pipelines. 2. Where materials encountered at the limiting subgrades are not suitable for proper support of structures or pipelines, the Contractor shall excavate to such new lines and grades as required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION 05/16/18 Earthwork 31 01 01-3 2098/68695 A. Wood Sheeting and Bracing 1. Shall be sound and straight; free from cracks, shakes and large or loose knots; and shall have dressed edges where directed. 2. Shall conform to National Design Specifications for Stress Grade Lumber having a minimum fiber stress of 1200 pounds per square inch. 3. Sheeting and bracing to be left -in-place shall be pressure treated in accordance with ASTM D1760 for the type of lumber used and with a preservative approved by the Engineer. B. Steel Sheeting and Bracing 1. Shall be sound 2. Shall conform to ASTM A328 with a minimum thickness of 3/8 inch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Whenever excavations are carried beyond or below the lines and grades shown on the Contract Drawings, or as given or directed by the Engineer, all such excavated space shall be refilled with special granular materials, concrete or other materials as the Engineer may direct. All refilling of unauthorized excavations shall be at the Contractor's expense. B. All material which slides, falls or caves into the established limits of excavations due to any cause whatsoever, shall be removed and disposed of at the Contractor's expense and no extra compensation will be paid the Contractor for any materials ordered for refilling the void areas left by the slide, fall or cave-in. 3.2 REMOVAL OF WATER A. General 1. The Contractor shall at all times provide and maintain proper and satisfactory means and devices for the removal of all water entering the excavations, and shall remove all such water as fast as it may collect, in such manner as shall not interfere with the prosecution of the work or the proper placing of pipes, structures, or other work. 2. Unless otherwise specified, all excavations which extend down to or below the static groundwater elevations shall be dewatered by lowering and maintaining the groundwater beneath such excavations at all times when work thereon is in progress, during subgrade preparation and the placing of the structure or pipe thereon. 3. Water shall not be allowed to rise over or come in contact with any masonry, concrete or mortar, until at least 24 hours after placement, and no stream of 05/16/18 Earthwork 31 01 01-4 2098/68695 water shall be allowed to flow over such work until such time as the Engineer may permit. 4. Where the presence of fine grained subsurface materials and a high groundwater table may cause the upward flow of water into the excavation with a resulting quick or unstable condition, the Contractor shall install and operate a well point system to prevent the upward flow of water during construction. 5. Water pumped or drained from excavations, or any sewers, drains or water courses encountered in the work, shall be disposed of in a suitable manner without injury to adjacent property, the work under construction, or to pavements, roads, drives, and water courses. No water shall be discharged to sanitary sewers. Sanitary sewage shall be pumped to sanitary sewers or shall be disposed of by an approved method. 6. Any damage caused by or resulting from dewatering operations shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Work Included 1. The construction and removal of cofferdams, sheeting and bracing, and the furnishing of materials and labor necessary therefor. 2. The excavation and maintenance of ditches and sluiceways. 3. The furnishing and operation of pumps, well points, and appliances needed to maintain thorough drainage of the work in a satisfactory manner. Well Point Systems 1. Installation a. The well point system shall be designed and installed by or under the supervision of an organization whose principal business is well pointing and which has at least five consecutive years of similar experience and can furnish a representative list of satisfactory similar operations. b. Well point headers, points and other pertinent equipment shall not be placed within the limits of the excavation in such a manner or location as to interfere with the laying of pipe or trenching operations or with the excavation and construction of other structures. c. Detached observation wells of similar construction to the well points shall be installed at intervals of not less than 50 feet along the opposite side of the excavation from the header pipe and line of well points, to a depth of at least 5 feet below the proposed excavation. In addition, one well point in every 50 feet shall be fitted with a tee, plug and valve so that the well point can be converted for use as an observation well. Observation wells shall be not less than 1 2 inches in diameter. 05/16/18 Earthwork 31 01 01-5 2098/68695 d. Standby gasoline or diesel powered equipment shall be provided so that in the event of failure of the operating equipment, the standby equipment can be readily connected to the system. The standby equipment shall be maintained in good order and actuated regularly not less than twice a week. 2. Operation a. Where well points are used, the groundwater shall be lowered and maintained continuously (day and night) at a level not less than 2 feet below the bottom of the excavation. Excavation will not be permitted at a level lower than 2 feet above the water level as indicated by the observation wells. b. The effluent pumped from the well points shall be examined periodically by qualified personnel to determine if the system is operating satisfactorily without the removal of fines. c. The water level shall not be permitted to rise until construction in the immediate area is completed and the excavation backfilled. 3.3 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Sod 1. Any sod cut during excavation shall be removed and stored during construction so as to preserve the grass growth. Sod damaged while in storage shall be replaced in like kind at the sole expense of the Contractor. B. Topsoil 1. Topsoil suitable for final grading shall be removed and stored separately from other excavated material. C. Excavated Materials 05/16/18 Earthwork 31 01 01-6 2098/68695 1. All excavated materials shall be stored in locations so as not to endanger the work, and so that easy access may be had at all times to all parts of the excavation. Stored materials shall be kept neatly piled and trimmed, so as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to public travel or to adjoining property holders. 2. Special precautions must be taken to permit access at all times to fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes, police and fire department driveways, and other points where access may involve the safety and welfare of the general public. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. Spoil Material 1. All spoil materials shall be disposed of as required by the local, state or federal regulations pertaining to the area or as described in the Special Provisions or on the Contract Drawings. 2. The surface of all spoil areas shall be graded and dressed and no unsightly mounds or heaps shall be left on completion of the work. 3.5 SHEETING AND BRACING A. Installation 1. The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain such sheeting, bracing and shoring as may be required to support the sides and ends of excavations in such manner as to prevent any movement which could, in any way, injure the pipe, structures, or other work; diminish the width necessary for construction; otherwise damage or delay the work of the Contract; endanger existing struc- tures, pipes or pavements; or cause the excavation limits to exceed the right-of- way limits. 2. In no case will bracing be permitted against pipes or structures in trenches or other excavations. 3. Sheeting shall be driven as the excavation progresses, and in such manner as to maintain pressure against the original ground at all times. The sheeting shall be driven vertically with the edges tight together, and all bracing shall be of such design and strength as to maintain the sheeting in its proper position. Seepage which carries fines through the sheeting shall be plugged to retain the fines. 4. Where breast boards are used between soldier pile, the boards shall be back packed with soil to maintain support. 5. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of all sheeting and bracing. B. Removal 1. In general, all sheeting and bracing, whether of steel, wood or other material, used to support the sides of trenches or other open excavations, shall be 05/16/18 Earthwork 31 01 01-7 2098/68695 withdrawn as the trenches or other open excavations are being refilled. That portion of the sheeting extending below the top of a pipe or structural foundation shall not be withdrawn, unless otherwise directed, before more than 6 inches of earth is placed above the top of the pipe or structural foundation and before any bracing is removed. The voids left by the sheeting shall be carefully refilled with selected material and rammed tight with tools especially adapted for the purpose or otherwise as may be approved. 2. The Contractor shall not remove sheeting and bracing until the work has attained the necessary strength to permit placing of backfill. C. Left in Place 1. If, to serve any purpose of his own, the Contractor files a written request for permission to leave sheeting or bracing in the trench or excavation, the Engineer may grant such permission, in writing, on condition that the cost of such sheeting and bracing be assumed and paid by the Contractor. 2. The Contractor shall leave in place all sheeting, shoring and bracing which are shown on the Contract Drawings or specified to be left in place or which the Engineer may order, in writing, to be left in place. All shoring, sheeting and bracing shown or ordered to be left in place will be paid for under the appropriate item of the Contract. No payment allowance will be made for wasted ends or for portions above the proposed cutoff level which are driven down instead of cut-off. 3. In case sheeting is left in place, it shall be cut off or driven down as directed so that no portion of the same shall remain within 12 inches of the street subgrade or finished ground surface. 3.6 BACKFILLING A. General 1. All excavations shall be backfilled to the original surface of the ground or to such other grades as may be shown, specified or directed. 2. Backfilling shall be done with suitable excavated materials which can be satisfactorily compacted during refilling of the excavation. In the event the excavated materials are not suitable, Special Backfill as specified or ordered by the Engineer shall be used for backfilling. 3. Any settlement occurring in the backfilled excavations shall be refilled and compacted. 05/16/18 Earthwork 31 01 01-8 2098/68695 B. Unsuitable Materials 1. Stones, pieces of rock or pieces of pavement greater than 1 cubic foot in volume or greater than 1.5 feet in any single dimension shall not be used in any portion of the backfill. 2. All stones, pieces of rock or pavement shall be distributed through the backfill and alternated with earth backfill in such a manner that all interstices between them shall be filled with earth. 3. Frozen earth shall not be used for backfilling. C. Compaction and Density Control 1. The compaction shall be as specified for the type of earthwork, i.e., structural, trenching or embankment. a. The compaction specified shall be the percent of maximum dry density. b. The compaction equipment shall be suitable for the material encountered. 2. Where required, to assure adequate compaction, in-place density test shall at the expense of the Contractor be made by an approved testing laboratory. a. The moisture -density relationship of the backfill material shall be determined by ASTM D698, Method D. 1) Compaction curves for the full range of materials used shall be developed. b. In-place density shall be determined by the methods of ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 and shall be expressed as a percentage of maximum dry density. 3. Where required, to obtain the optimum moisture content, the Contractor shall add, at his expense, sufficient water during compaction to assure the specified maximum density of the backfill. If, due to rain or other causes, the material exceeds the optimum moisture content, it shall be allowed to dry, assisted if necessary, before resuming compaction or filling efforts. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury done to pipes, structures, property or persons due to improper placing or compacting of backfill. 05/16/18 Earthwork 31 01 01-9 2098/68695 3.7 OTHER REQUIREMENTS A. Drainage 1. All material deposited in roadway ditches or other water courses shall be removed immediately after backfilling is completed and the section, grades and contours of such ditches or water courses restored to their original condition, in order that surface drainage will be obstructed no longer than necessary. B. Unfinished Work 1. When, for any reason, the work is to be left unfinished, all trenches and excavations shall be filled and all roadways, sidewalks and watercourses left unobstructed with their surfaces in a safe and satisfactory condition. The surface of all roadways and sidewalks shall have a temporary pavement. C. Hauling Material on Streets 1. When it is necessary to haul material over the streets or pavements, the Contractor shall provide suitable tight vehicles so as to prevent deposits on the streets or pavements. In all cases where any materials are dropped from the vehicles, the Contractor shall clean up the same as often as required to keep the crosswalks, streets and pavements clean and free from dirt, mud, stone and other hauled material. D. Dust Control 1. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to control the dust created by any and all of his operations to such a degree that it will not endanger the safety and welfare of the general public. 2. Calcium chloride and petroleum products shall not to be used for dust control. E. Test Pits 1. For the purpose of obtaining detail locations of underground obstructions, the Contractor shall make excavations in advance of the work. Payment for the excavations ordered by the Engineer will be made under an appropriate item of the Contract and shall include sheeting, bracing, pumping, excavation and backfilling. 05/16/18 Earthwork SECTION 32 01 00 RESTORATION OF SURFACES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 32 01 00-1 2098/68695 A. This Section includes restoration and maintenance of all types of surfaces, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, culverts and other features disturbed, damaged or destroyed during the performance of the work under or as a result of the operations of the Contract. B. The quality of materials and the performance of work used in the restoration shall produce a surface or feature equal to the condition of each before the work began. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Materials and installation shall be in accordance with the latest revisions of the following codes, standards and specifications, except where more stringent requirements have been specified herein: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. D698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3) (600 kN-m/m3) PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. In general, permanent restoration of paved surfaces will not be permitted until one month's time has elapsed after excavations have been completely backfilled as specified. A greater length of time, but not more than nine months may be allowed to elapse before permanent restoration of street surfaces is undertaken, if additional time is required for shrinkage and settlement of the backfill. B. The replacement of surfaces at any time, as scheduled or as directed, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to repair damages by settlement or other failures. 3.2 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT A. Immediately upon completion of refilling of the trench or excavation, the Contractor shall place a temporary pavement over all disturbed areas of streets, driveways, sidewalks, and other traveled places where the original surface has been disturbed as a result of his operations. 05/16/18 Restoration of Surfaces 32 01 00-2 2098/68695 B. Unless otherwise specified or directed the temporary pavement shall consist of compacted run -of -crusher limestone to such a depth as required to withstand the traffic to which it will be subjected. C. The temporary pavement shall be maintained by the Contractor in a safe and satisfactory condition until such time as the permanent paving is completed. The Contractor shall immediately remove and restore all pavement as shall become unsatis- factory. 33 PERMANENT PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT A. The permanent and final repaving of all streets, driveways and similar surfaces where pavement has been removed, disturbed, settled or damaged by or as a result of performance of the Contract shall be repaired and replaced by the Contractor, by a new and similar pavement. 3.4 PREPARATION FOR PERMANENT PAVEMENT A. When scheduled and within the time specified, the temporary pavement shall be removed and a base prepared to receive the permanent pavement. B. The edges of existing asphalt pavement shall be cut a minimum of 1 foot beyond the excavation or disturbed base whichever is greater. 3.5 ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. The permanent asphalt pavement replacement for streets, driveways and parking area surfaces shall be replaced with bituminous materials of the same depth and kind as the existing unless otherwise specified. B. Prior to placing of any bituminous pavement a sealer shall be applied to the edges of the existing pavement and other features. C. The furnishing, handling and compaction of all bituminous materials shall be in accordance with the State Department of Transportation Standards. 16 LAWNS AND IMPROVED AREAS A. The area to receive topsoil shall be graded to a depth of not less than 4 inches or as specified, below the proposed finished surface. 1. If the depth of existing topsoil prior to construction was greater than 4 inches, topsoil shall be replaced to that depth. C. When required to obtain germination, the seeded areas shall be watered in such a manner as to prevent washing out of the seed. D. Any washout or damage that occurs shall be regraded and reseeded until a good sod is established. 05/16/18 Restoration of Surfaces 32 01 00-3 2098/68695 E. The Contractor shall maintain the newly seeded areas, including regrading, reseeding, watering and mowing, in good condition. 17 OTHER TYPES OF RESTORATION A. Trees, shrubs and landscape items damaged or destroyed as a result of the construction operations shall be replaced in like species and size. 1. All planting and care thereof shall meet the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. B. Water courses shall be reshaped to the original grade and cross-section and all debris removed. Where required to prevent erosion, the bottom and sides of the water course shall be protected. C. Culverts destroyed or removed as a result of the construction operations shall be replaced in like size and material and shall be replaced at the original location and grade. When there is minor damage to a culvert and with the consent of the Engineer, a repair may be undertaken, if satisfactory results can be obtained. 3.8 MAINTENANCE A. The finished products of restoration shall be maintained in an acceptable condition for and during a period of one year following the date of Substantial Completion or other such date as set forth elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 05/16/18 Restoration of Surfaces SECTION 31 23 33 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 31 23 33-1 2098/68695 A. This Section includes excavation and backfill as required for pipe or conduit installation or other construction in the trench, and removal and disposal of water, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Section entitled "Earthwork" unless modified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. The trench excavation shall be located as shown on the Contract Drawings or as specified. Under ordinary conditions, excavation shall be by open cut from the ground surface. Where the depth of trench and soil conditions permit, tunneling may be required beneath cross walks, curbs, gutters, pavements, trees, driveways, railroad tracks and other surface structures. No additional compensation will be allowed for such tunneling over the price bid for open cut excavation of equivalent depths below the ground surface unless such tunnel excavation is specifically provided for in the Contract Documents. B. Trenches shall be excavated to maintain the depths as shown on the Contract Drawings or as specified for the type of pipe or conduit to be installed. C. The alignment and depth shall be determined and maintained by the use of a string line installed on batter boards above the trench, a double string line installed along side of the trench or a laser beam system. D. The minimum width of trench excavation shall be 6 inches on each side of the pipe or conduit. E. Trenches shall not be opened for more than 300 feet in advance of pipe installation nor left unfilled for more than 100 feet in the rear of the installed pipe or conduit when work is in progress without the consent of the Engineer. Open trenches shall be protected and barricaded as required. F. Bridging across open trenches shall be constructed and maintained where required. 3.2 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 05/16/18 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting 31 23 33-2 2098/68695 A. The duct system is to be laid on undisturbed bottom of excavated trench. Mechanical excavation shall not extend lower than the finished subgrade elevation at any point. 3.3 REMOVAL OF WATER AND DRAINAGE A. The Contractor shall at all times provide and maintain proper and satisfactory means and devices for the removal of all water entering the trench, and shall remove all such water as fast as it may collect, in such manner as shall not interfere with the prosecution of the work. B. The removal of water shall be in accordance with the Section entitled "Earthwork." 3.4 PIPE EMBEDMENT A. All pipe and conduit shall be protected from lateral displacement and possible damage resulting from superimposed backfill loads, impact or unbalanced loading during backfilling operations. B. Concrete encasement, 3000 PSI, shall be installed around all electric duct banks. Before any concrete is placed, the pipe and conduit shall be securely blocked and braced to prevent movement or flotation. The concrete encasement shall extend the full width of the trench as excavated unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Where concrete is to be placed in a sheeted trench it shall be poured directly against sheeting to be left in place or against a bond -breaker if the sheeting is to be removed. C. Embedment materials placed above the centerline of the pipe or above the concrete encasement, to a depth of 12 inches above the top of the conduit, shall be deposited in such manner as to not damage the conduit. 3.5 BACKFILL ABOVE EMBEDMENT A. The remaining portion of the pipe trench above the embedment shall be refilled with suitable materials compacted as specified. 1. Where trenches are within the ditch -to -ditch limits of any street or road or within a driveway or sidewalk, or shall be under a structure, the trench shall be refilled in horizontal layers not more than 8 inches in thickness, and compacted to obtain 95% maximum density, and determined as set forth in the Section entitled "Earthwork." 2. Where trenches are in open fields or unimproved areas outside of the ditch limits of roads, the backfilling may be by placing the material in the trench and mounding the surface. 3. Hand tamping shall be required around buried utility lines or other subsurface features that could be damaged by mechanical compaction equipment. C. All settlement of the backfill shall be refilled and compacted as it occurs. D. Temporary pavement shall be placed as specified in the Section entitled "Restoration of Surfaces." 05/16/18 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting 05/16/18 31 23 33-3 2098/68695 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting